Family 8202+03 IBM Power 720 Express

IBM Europe Sales Manual
Revised: September 8, 2020


Table of contents
Product life cycle datesProduct life cycle datesTechnical descriptionTechnical description
AbstractAbstractPublicationsPublications
HighlightsHighlightsFeaturesFeatures
DescriptionDescriptionAccessoriesAccessories
ModelsModelsSuppliesSupplies


Product life cycle dates

Top rule

Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
8202-E4D 2013-02-05 2013-02-20 2016-05-20 2020-12-31


Back to topBack to top

Abstract

Top rule

The IBM 8202 is the Power 720 Express server that can enable companies to spend more time running their business, using proven solutions from thousands of ISVs that support the AIX, IBM i, and Linux operating systems. The Power 720 model (8202-E4D) includes enhancements that can be particularly beneficial to clients running applications driving very high I/O or memory requirements.

Model abstract 8202-E4D

The IBM 8202 Power 720 Model E4D has a 64-bit POWER7+ processors that offer 4-, 6-, and 8-core configuration options, memory capacity increased up to 512 GB of memory with optional memory riser card, optionally augmented with POWER7+ hardware accelerated Active Memory Expansion, and up to two optional PCIe I/O drawers adding up to 20 PCIe slots.



Back to topBack to top

Highlights

Top rule

The Power 720 Express server is designed to bring the performance and reliability of POWER7+ to your small and distributed business needs. The Power 720 Express model (8202-E4D) offers:

  • Powerful 64-bit POWER7+ processors that offer 4-, 6-, and 8-core configuration options
  • Memory capacity increased up to 512 GB of memory with optional memory riser card, optionally augmented with POWER7+ hardware accelerated Active Memory Expansion
  • Up to two optional PCIe I/O drawers adding up to 20 PCIe slots
  • Rich I/O options in the system unit:
    • Five PCIe x8 Gen2 slots in the system unit
    • An additional four PCIe x8 Gen2 Low-Profile slots available as an option
    • Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet adapter (#5899) in a special PCIe x4 slot
    • Eight hard disk drive (HDD)/solid-state drive (SSD) SAS SFF (small form-factor) bays; up to 7.2 TB (HDD) or 4.8 TB (SSD)
    • Optional slimline DVD-RAM
    • Half-high bay for tape or removable drive
    • Integrated SAS/SATA controller for HDD/SSD/tape/DVD
    • Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet adapter (#5899)
  • Four-and 6-pack SSD features that can be ordered with a new server
  • EnergyScale technology
  • Tower or rack-mount configuration


Back to topBack to top

Description

Top rule

As a distributed application server, the Power 720 Express is designed to deliver leading-edge application availability and enable more work to be processed with less operational disruption for branch office and in-store applications. As consolidation servers, PowerVM Editions deliver the flexibility to use leading-edge AIX, IBM i, and Linux applications. PowerVM Editions offer comprehensive virtualization technologies designed to aggregate and manage resources while helping to simplify and optimize your IT infrastructure and deliver one of the most cost-efficient solutions for UNIX, IBM i, and Linux deployments.

The Power 720 Express server with IBM i offers a technology foundation with proven reliability and security for the small or midsized company seeking a complete, integrated business system. This business system enables you to avoid increased spending and staffing requirements while becoming more responsive to your customers, improving your productivity, and keeping your data secure. IBM i integrates features to simplify your IT environment and delivers a complete, cost-effective business system that can grow with a business. The Power 720 delivers the performance and capacity to run new and existing core business applications on a single server, to greatly integrate and simplify your IT environment.

The Power 720 Express offers a choice of a 4-, 6-, or 8-core configuration in either a 4U rack-mount or a tower form factor. The Power 720 POWER7+ 3.6 GHz chip offers industry-leading 64-bit, SMT4 threading, and up to 80 MB on-chip embedded DRAM L3 cache, among other advantages.

The Power 720 Express server supports a maximum of 16 DDR3 DIMM slots, with eight DIMM slots included in the base configuration and eight DIMM slots available with an optional memory riser card. Memory features (two memory DIMMs per feature) supported are 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB, and 64 GB that run at speeds of 1066 MHz. A 6-or 8-core system with the optional memory riser card installed has a maximum memory of 512 GB.

The POWER7+ hardware accelerator for Active Memory Expansion provides 25% higher levels of memory expansion than available with POWER7 chips. While POWER7 Systems offer up to 100% memory expansion that can effectively double the server's maximum memory, POWER7+ servers offer up to 125% memory expansion for AIX partitions. Thus, a system memory maximum of 512 GB could effectively become greater than 1 TB effective memory capacity. This can enhance virtualization and server consolidation by enabling a partition to do significantly more work with the same physical amount of memory or a server to run more partitions and do more work with the same physical amount of memory.

The 6-and 8-core Power 720 Express servers deliver great I/O expandability. For example, with 12X-attached I/O drawers, you can have up to 20 PCIe slots in addition to the PCI slots in the system unit. Using disk bays in the system unit, 12X feature 5802 I/O drawers, and feature 5887 EXP24S Disk Drawers, up to 380 disk drives can be attached. Plus extensive quantities of externally attached storage and tape drives and libraries can be attached. Note that the 4-core Power 720 Express server does not support the attachment of 12X I/O drawers or feature 5887 EXP24S Disk Drawers, and uses just the expansion capabilities in the system unit to offer adequate expandability for many clients.

Two SSD packages offer ordering convenience and price savings for a new server order. Each 6-pack SSD feature #ESR2/#ESR4 for the EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer can provide up to 140,000 I/O operations per second (IOPS) in just 1/5th of a 1U drawer. The 4-pack SSD feature #ESRA/ESRB/ESRC/ESRD can provide up to 90,000 IOPS. A 4-or 6-pack SSD must be ordered with the server, not as a later MES order.

The Power 720 Express system offers two storage backplanes. The first supports up to six SFF SAS HDDs/SSDs, an SATA DVD, and a half-high tape drive. The second is a higher-function backplane that supports up to eight SFF SAS HDDs/SSDs, an SATA DVD, a half-high tape drive, Dual 175 MB Write Cache RAID, and an external SAS port. HDDs and SSDs are hot-swap and front accessible.

Other integrated features include:

  • Up to nine PCIe Gen2 x8 expansion slots:
    • Five PCIe Gen2 x8 expansion slots
    • Four additional PCIe Gen2 x8 low-profile slots (optional)
  • One GX++ slot used to attach:
    • PCIe riser card for the four additional PCIe Gen2 x8 slots
    • 12X I/O loop (6-core and 8-core only)
    • EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer (#EDR1) (6-core and 8-core only)
  • One PCIe x4 expansion slot for 4-port 1 Gb Ethernet adapter (#5899)
  • Service Processor
  • Integrated SAS or SATA controller for HDD, SSD, tape, or DVD with RAID 10 support in system unit; RAID 5 and 6 available
  • EnergyScale technology
  • Two system ports and three USB ports
  • Two Hardware Management Console (HMC) ports and two System Power Control Network (SPCN) ports
  • Redundant and hot-swap power available
  • Redundant and hot-swap cooling

The Power 720 Express model (8202-E4D) is particularly recommended when your solution has high communications or other I/O requirements, or requires the maximum amount of memory available. PCIe Gen2 slots can transfer data at double the speed of many earlier servers that only offered PCIe Gen1 slots. The high data transfer rates offered by the PCIe Gen2 slots can enable higher I/O performance or consolidation of the I/O demands onto fewer adapters running at higher rates. This can result in better system performance at a lower cost when I/O demands are high.

Summary of standard features for Power 720:

  • 4-, 6-, and 8-core configurations with one processor module
  • 8, 16, 32, or 64 GB of 1066 MHz DDR3 ECC memory (error checking and correcting) memory, expandable to 512 GB
  • 6 x 2.5-inch HDD or SSD/Media backplane or 8 x 2.5-inch HDD or SSD/Media backplane with Dual 175 MB Write Cache RAID, and an external SAS port
    • One to eight SFF HDDs or SSDs (mixing allowed)
  • Two media bays:
    • One slim bay for an optional DVD-RAM
    • One half-high bay for an optional tape drive or removable disk
  • Maximum of five PCIe Gen2 x8 slots in base configuration, plus the following:
    • Sixth PCIe Gen2 x4 slot for an Ethernet adapter
    • Optional PCIe riser card that provides an additional four PCIe x8 Low Profile slots
    • One GX++ slot for I/O loop available unless the PCIe riser card is installed in the system (6-core and 8-core systems only)
  • Tower or rack-mount (4U) configuration
  • Integrated:
    • Service Processor
    • EnergyScale technology
    • Hot-swap and redundant cooling
    • Three USB ports; two system ports
    • Two HMC ports; two SPCN ports
  • One power supply, 1925 watt ac
    • Additional power supply available for redundant power and hot-swap

Two SSD packages offer ordering convenience and price savings for a server. One 6-pack SSD feature #ESR2/ESR4 orders the equivalent of six #ES02/ES04 387 GB SSDs for the #EDR1 EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer, but has a lower price. Multiple 6-pack features can be ordered with a server. You can order 6-pack features and single SSD features in the same Ultra SSD Drawer.

One 4-pack SSD features orders the equivalent of four 387 GB SSDs for SAS bays in a system unit or in an I/O drawer, but has a lower price compared to ordering four #ES0A/ES0B/ES0C/ES0D features. A maximum of one 4-pack feature (#ESRA/ESRB/ESRC/ESRD) can be ordered with a server. The 4-pack features and single SSD features can be combined in the same system.

The minimum Power 720 initial order must include a processor, processor activations, 8 GB of memory, a PCIe2 4-port 1 GbE Adapter, a power supply, a power cord, one HDD/SSD, a storage backplane, an operating system indicator, a cover set indicator, and a Language Group Specify.

If IBM i is the primary operating system (#2145), the initial order must also include one additional HDD/SSD, a Mirrored System Disk Level Specify Code, and a System Console on HMC Indicator. A DVD is defaulted on every order but may be deselected.

The minimum defined initial order configuration, if no choice is made, when AIX or Linux is the primary operating system is:

Feature number   Description
--------------   ----------------------------------------------------
EPCK             0/4 core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ Processor Module
4 x EPDK         4 Processor Activations
EM08             8 GB (2 x 4096 MB) Memory
1886             146.8 GB 15k rpm, SFF HDD
5618             Storage Backplane for 2.5-inch HDD or SSD/SATA
                 DVD/Tape
5899             PCIe2 4-port 1 GbE Adapter
5532             Power supply, 1925 watt ac
7134             IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
9300/97xx        Language Group Specify
2146 or 2147     Primary Operating System Indicator - IBM AIX (#2146)
                 or Linux (#2147)
6xxx             One Power Cord

Note: No internal HDD or SSD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. A Fibre Channel or Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) adapter must be ordered if feature 0837 is selected.

The minimum defined initial order configuration, if no choice is made, when IBM i is the primary operating system is:

Feature number   Description
--------------   ----------------------------------------------------
EPCK             0/4 core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ Processor Module
4 x EPDK         4 Processor Activations
EM08             8 GB (2 x 4096 MB) Memory
2 x 1888         139.5 GB, 15k rpm, SAS SFF HDD
EJ01             Storage Backplane for 2.5-inch HDD or SSD/SATA
                  DVD/Tape/RAID/External SAS Port
5899             PCIe2 4-port 1 GbE Adapter
5532             Power supply, 1925 watt ac
7134             IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
9300/97xx        Language Group Specify
2145             Primary Operating System Indicator - IBM i
0040             Mirrored System Disk Level Specify Code
0566 or 0567     IBM i 6.1.1 or IBM i 7.1 indicator or
EB34             IBM i 6.1.1 with IBM i 6.1.1 native I/O indicator
5550 or 5557     System Console on HMC Indicator or System
                  Console-Ethernet No IOP
6xxx             One Power Cord

Note: Planned availability of IBM i 6.1.1 is March 8, 2013.
Note: No internal HDD/SSD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. A Fibre Channel adapter must be ordered if feature 0837 is selected.
Note: When IBM i is the primary operating system (#2145), a DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM must be accessible by the Power 720.
Note: Alternative configuration options are available on a special bid basis from your IBM representative or Business Partner.

IBM Editions

IBM Editions are available only as initial order.

If you order a Power 720 Express server IBM Edition as defined below, you can qualify for half the initial configuration's processor core activations at no additional charge.

The total memory (based on the number of cores) and the quantity/size of disk, SSD, Fibre Channel adapters, or Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) adapters shipped with the server are the only features that determine if you are entitled to a processor activation at no additional charge.

Specifically, with an IBM Edition, processor activations for the processor card options are:

  • 3.6 GHz 4-core processor module (#EPCK)
    • 2 x #EPDK (chargeable) and 2 x #EPEK (no-charge) with 4-core (1 x #EPCK) configuration
  • 3.6 GHz 6-core processor module (#EPCL)
    • 3 x #EPDL (chargeable) and 3 x #EPEL (no-charge) with 6-core (1 x #EPCL) configuration
  • 3.6 GHz 8-core processor module (#EPCM)
    • 4 x #EPDM (chargeable) and 4 x #EPEM (no-charge) with 8-core (1 x #EPCM) configuration

When you purchase an IBM Edition, you must purchase an AIX or IBM i operating system license, or you may choose to purchase the system with or without a Linux operating system. The AIX, IBM i, or Linux operating system is processed via a feature number on AIX 6.1 or 7.1; IBM i 6.1.1 or IBM i 7.1; and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server or Red Hat Enterprise Linux. If you choose AIX 6.1 or 7.1 for your primary operating system, you can also order IBM i 6.1.1 or IBM i 7.1 and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server or Red Hat Enterprise Linux. The converse is true if you choose an IBM i or Linux subscription as your primary operating system.

These sample configurations can be changed as needed and still qualify for processor entitlements at no additional charge. However, selection of total memory or HDD or SSD/Fibre Channel/FCoE adapter quantities smaller than the totals defined as the minimums disqualifies the order as an IBM Edition, and the no-charge processor activations are then removed.

Processor modules and processor activations are only available to Solution Delivery Integration (SDIs) as MES orders.

A minimum of 2 GB memory per core is needed to qualify for the IBM Edition. Different valid memory configurations can meet the minimum requirement.

A minimum of two HDD, or two SSD, or two Fibre Channel adapters, or two FCoE adapters. You only need to meet one of these disk/SSD/FC/FCoE criteria. Partial criteria cannot be combined.

  • Two SAS HDDs; any capacity drives located in the system unit, features 5802, 5886, or 5887 expansion drawers qualify.
  • Two SAS SSDs; any capacity drives located in the system unit, features EDR1, 5802, 5886, 5887, EDR1 expansion drawers qualify.
  • Two SSD Modules with eMLC (#1995/#1996); modules located in the system unit with feature 2053 or 2054, or in feature 5802 or 5887 DASD drawer with feature 2055 qualify.
  • Two Fibre Channel adapters; either PCI-X or PCI-e adapters located in the system unit or 12X-attached I/O drawer.
  • Two Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapters, located in the system unit or PCIe 12X-attached I/O drawer.

Multiple sample POWER7+ IBM Edition configurations are provided in the IBM internal configurator tool, including:

  • 3.6 GHz 4-core processor module
  • 3.6 GHz 6-core processor module
  • 3.6 GHz 8-core processor module

Express Editions and Solution Editions with the IBM i operating system

Express Editions enable initial ease of ordering and feature a lower price than if you ordered them "a la carte" or build-to-order. Taking advantage of the edition is the only way you can use no-charge features for processor activations and IBM i user license entitlements. The Express Editions are available only during the initial system order and cannot be ordered after your system is shipped.

The IBM configurator offers these easy-to-order Express Editions that include no-charge activations or no-charge IBM i user entitlements. You can modify the Express Edition configurations to match your exact requirements for your initial shipment -- increasing or decreasing the configuration. If you create a configuration that falls below any of the defined minimums, the IBM configurator replaces the no-charge features with equivalent function regular charge features.

Express Editions for the Power 720

4-core Power 720 Express Editions (#0777):

To use the no-charge features on your initial order, you must order:

  • 3.6 GHz 4-core processor module (#EPCK).
  • IBM i Primary Operating System Indicator (#2145), or indicating VIOS as the Primary Operating System (#2146 and #9441 and #9447)
  • 8 GB minimum memory: 1 x 8 GB (2 x 4 GB DIMMs)(#EM08). Memory features EM4C and EM4D are not supported with the 4-core processor module (#EPCK).
  • Minimum of two HDD, or two SSD, or two Fibre Channel adapters, or two FCoE adapters. You only need to meet one of these disk/SSD/FC/FCoE criteria. Partial criteria cannot be combined.
    • Two SAS disk drives; any capacity drives located in the system unit.
    • Two SAS SSDs; drives located in the system unit.
    • Two SSD Modules with eMLC (#1995/#1996); modules located in the system unit with feature 2053 or feature 2054.
    • Two Fibre Channel adapters; PCIe adapters located in the system unit.
    • Two Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapters located in the system unit.

If the above requirements are met, the following are included:

  • Two no-charge activations (2 x #EPEK)
  • Five IBM i user entitlements (no-charge)
  • One IBM i Access Family license with unlimited users (5770-XW1 or 5761-XW1)
  • Reduced price on 5733-SOA and 5770-WDS or 5761-WDS

4-core Entry Edition (#0777) suggested starting configuration:

  • One 4-core 3.6 GHz processor module (#EPCK)
  • One 8 GB memory feature (#EM08)
  • Two 139.5 GB SAS SFF 15,000 rpm disk drives (#1888)
  • One PCIe2 4-port 1 GbE Adapter (#5899)
  • One storage backplane with external SAS port (#EJ01)
  • One SATA DVD-RAM (#5771)
  • One 1.5 TB/3.0 TB LTO-5 SAS tape drive (#5638)
  • Two 1925 watt ac power supplies (2 x #5532)
  • Two power cords (2 x 6xxx)
  • Two processor activations (2 x #EPDK)
  • Two processor activations (2 x #EPEK) (no additional charge)
  • IBM Tower cover set (#7567) or IBM Rack-mount Bezel and Hardware (#7134)
  • IBM i Primary Operating System Indicator (#2145)
  • PowerVM Express Edition (#5225), or later
  • Five IBM i user entitlements (no additional charge) (57xx--SSC)
  • One IBM i Access Family license with unlimited users (57xx-XW1)
  • Reduced price on 57xx-WDS and 5733-SOA

6-core and 8-core Power 720 Express Editions (#0779):

To use the no-charge features on your initial order of 6-core and 8-core Power 720 Express Editions (#0779), you must order:

  • 3.6 GHz 6-core processor module (#EPCL) or 3.6 GHz 8-core processor module (#EPCM)
  • IBM i Primary Operating System Indicator (#2145), or indicating VIOS as the Primary Operating System (#2146 and #9441 and #9447)
  • 16 GB minimum memory -- 2 x 8 GB (2 x 4 GB DIMMs)(#EM08), or 1 x 16 GB (2 x 8 GB DIMMs)(#EM4B), or 1 x 32 GB (2 x 16 GB DIMMs)(#EM4C), or 1 x 64 GB (2 x 32 GB DIMMs)(#EM4D)
  • Minimum of two HDD, or two SSD, or two Fibre Channel adapters, or two FCoE adapters. You only need to meet one of these disk/SSD/FC/FCoE criteria. Partial criteria cannot be combined.
    • Two SAS disk drives -- any capacity drives located in the system unit, feature 5802 I/O drawer, feature 5886 DASD drawer, or feature 5887 DASD drawer qualify.
    • Two SAS SSDs -- any capacity drives located in the system unit, feature 5802 I/O drawer, feature 5886 expansion drawer, feature 5887 expansion drawer, or feature EDR1 SSD drawer qualify.
    • Two SSD Modules with eMLC (#1995/#1996) -- modules located in the system unit with feature 2053 or 2054, or in the feature 5802/5877 I/O drawer with feature 2055 qualify.
    • Two Fibre Channel adapters -- Either PCI-X or PCI-e adapters located in the system unit or 12X-attached I/O drawer.
    • Two Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapters -- Either PCI-X or PCI-e adapters located in the system unit or 12X-attached I/O drawer.

If the above requirements are met, the following are included:

  • Three no-charge activations (3 x #EPEL) with feature EPCL or four no-charge activations (4 x #EPEM) with feature EPCM
  • Thirty IBM i user entitlements (charged)
  • One IBM i Access Family license with unlimited users (57xx-XW1)
  • Reduced price on 57xx-WDS and 5733-SOA

The suggested starting configuration for the 6-core or 8-core Entry Edition (#0779) is:

  • One 6-core 3.6 GHz processor card (#EPCL) or one 8-core 3.6 GHz processor card (#EPCM)
  • Two 8 GB memory features (2 x #EM08)
  • Two 139.5 GB SAS SFF 15,000 rpm disk drives (#1888)
  • One PCIe2 4-port 1 GbE Adapter (#5899)
  • One storage backplane with external SAS port (#EJ01)
  • One SATA DVD-RAM (#5771)
  • One 1.5 TB/3.0 TB LTO-5 SAS tape drive (#5638)
  • Two 1925 watt ac power supplies (2 x #5532)
  • Two power cords (2 x 6xxx)
  • Three processor activations (3 x #EPDL) with feature EPCL or four processor activations (4 x #EPDM) with feature EPCM
  • Three no-charge processor activations (3 x #EPEL) with feature EPCL or four no-charge processor activations (4 x #EPEM) with feature EPCM
  • IBM Tower cover set (#7567) or IBM Rack-mount Bezel and Hardware (#7134)
  • IBM i Primary Operating System Indicator (#2145)
  • PowerVM Express Edition (#5225), or later
  • Thirty IBM i user entitlements (charged) (57xx-SSC)
  • One IBM i Access Family license with unlimited users (57xx-XW1)
  • Reduced price on 57xx-WDS and 5733-SOA

IBM POWER 710 AIX SOLUTION EDITION

If you order an IBM Power 720 AIX Solution Edition server as defined below, you can qualify for half of the initial configuration's processor core activations at no additional charge, and reduced charges for AIX Standard Edition license activations.

The IBM AIX Solution Editions are designed to help you take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and ISVs in building business value with your IT investments. A qualifying purchase of software for an eligible solution from a participating ISV is required when purchasing an IBM AIX Solution Edition.

The Power 720 AIX Solution Edition supports 4-core, 6-core, and 8-core configurations. For a list of participating ISVs and their eligible solutions, registration form, and additional details, visit the Solution Edition website at

http://www.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/solutioneditions/aix/index.html

The Power 720 AIX Solution Edition includes no-charge and reduced-charge features, resulting in a lower initial list price for qualifying clients.

The requirements to be eligible to place a Power 720 AIX Solution Edition order are:

  • The solution must include new licenses of AIX for the qualifying IBM server.
  • The solution must meet the minimum memory and storage requirements as defined below.
  • The solution must include PowerVM Standard Edition or PowerVM Enterprise Edition.
  • The offering must include new or upgrade software licenses of an el-igible solution from the participating ISV for the qualifying IBM server.
  • Proof of purchase of the solution with a participating ISV must be provided to IBM on request. The proof must be dated within 90 days before or after the date of order of the qualifying server.

IBM Power 720 AIX Solution Edition minimum memory definition details:

A minimum of 2 GB memory per core on the Power 720 is needed to qualify for the IBM AIX Solution Edition. There can be different valid memory configurations that meet the minimum requirement.

EDITION MINIMUM DISK/SSD/FIBRE CHANNEL/FCOE DEFINITION DETAILS

The order must meet one of these HDD/SSD/FC/FCoE criteria. Partial criteria cannot be combined.

  • A minimum of two HDDs or two SSDs.
    • Two SAS HDDs -- Any capacity drives located in the system unit, feature 5802 drawer, feature 5886 DASD drawer, or feature 5887 DASD drawer qualify.
    • Two SAS SSDs -- Any capacity drives located in the system unit, feature 5886 DASD drawer, feature 5887 DASD drawer, or EDR1 SSD drawer qualify.
    • Two SSD Modules with eMLC (#1995/#1996) -- Modules located in the system unit with feature 2053 qualify.

    or

  • A minimum of two Fibre Channel adapters, or two FCoE adapters for attachment of a Storwize V7000 Storage System.
    • Two Fibre Channel PCIe adapters located in the system unit.
    • Two Fibre Channel over Ethernet PCIe adapters located in the system unit.

IBM i Solution Edition for Power 720

The IBM i Solution Editions are designed to help you take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and ISVs in building business value with your IT investments. A qualifying purchase of software, maintenance, services, or training for a participating ISV solution is required when purchasing an IBM i Solution Edition.

The Power 720 Solution Edition feature 4928 supports the 4-core configuration and feature 4927 supports both 6-core and 8-core configurations. For a list of participating ISVs, registration form, and additional details, visit the Solution Edition website at

http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/editions/solutions.html

The Power 720 Solution Edition includes no-charge features, resulting in a lower initial list price for qualifying clients. Also included is an IBM Service voucher to help speed implementation of the ISV solution.

The requirements to be eligible to purchase a 720 Solution Edition order are:

  • The offering must include new or upgrade software licenses or software maintenance from the ISV for the qualifying IBM server. Services or training for the qualifying server can also be provided.
  • Proof of purchase of the solution with a participating ISV must be provided to IBM on request. The proof must be dated within 90 days before or after the date of order of the qualifying server.

IBM i for Business Intelligence

Business Intelligence remains a top priority of midmarket companies, but budgets and staff with skills to support enterprise BI solutions are very small in comparison to enterprise accounts. IBM i clients have 90% or more of their data already in DB2 for i, yet a large majority (thousands) are still using Query/400 for reporting purposes. A significant number of clients have invested in tools that have a limited future or are not keeping up with DB2 for IBM i query technology. Other offerings force clients to move data to other systems.

The momentum around "analytics" is creating interest and opportunities to deliver an alternative to Business Intelligence that makes sense by laying the groundwork for data warehousing while showing immediate results with new levels of operational reporting results.

Solution benefits

  • Enables low-cost, value-built solution (IBM i with Power Systems)
  • Builds on popular DB2 Web Query
  • Offers two-stage implementation: Starts with operational reporting and optionally grows into data warehousing

Stage 1: Building a reporting foundation

  • Get new reports/information in days
  • Replicate production database to a second system
  • Isolate query workloads (tune, optimize)
  • Offer limited data transformation
  • Enable low-entry price point that you can build on
  • Leverage the system for additional purposes

Stage 2: Growing into a data warehouse

  • Requires the additional purchase of ETL software and associated services
  • Transforms and cleanses data using the ETL process
  • Improves analytics by restructuring of the data (for example, create a client profiling database)
  • Isolates query workloads (tune, optimize)
  • Needs longer implementations; more services required

Solution features

Three orderable hardware features that generate a configuration of defaults or minimums for the Power 720 (8202-E4D):

Feature         Feature description
-------         -----------------------------------
4934            IBM i for BI - Small configuration
4935            IBM i for BI - Medium configuration
4936            IBM i for BI - Large configuration

Solution configurations:

Business Intelligence Solution 1:

  • Feature 4934: IBM i for BI: Small configuration
  • Power 720 Express (four cores active): One core licensed for use
  • DB2 WebQuery
  • Other BI software:
    • IBM i Processor License
    • IBM i User Entitlements (15)
    • One year of SWMA
    • iAccess Family
    • OmniFind Text Sch DB2
    • DB2 Symmetric Multi-processor
    • RDPower Source Code
    • WebSphere Development Studio
    • Rational Developer

Change Data Capture (5724-U70): This software, a key component of the solution, is separately purchased through the IBM Passport Advantage order fulfillment system using preapproved Special Bid pricing.

Business Intelligence Solution 2

  • Feature 4935: IBM i for BI: Medium configuration
  • Power 720 Express (six cores active): Two cores licensed for use
  • DB2 WebQuery
  • Other BI software:
    • IBM i Processor License
    • IBM i User Entitlements (30)
    • One year of SWMA
    • iAccess Family
    • OmniFind Text Sch DB2
    • DB2 Symmetric Multi-processor
    • RDPower Source Code
    • WebSphere Development Studio
    • Rational Developer

Change Data Capture (5724-U70): This software, a key component of the solution, is separately purchased through the Passport Advantage order fulfillment system using preapproved Special Bid pricing.

Business Intelligence Solution 3:

  • Feature 4936: IBM i for BI: Large configuration
  • Power 720 Express (six cores active): Four cores licensed for use
  • DB2 WebQuery
  • Other BI software:
    • IBM i Processor License
    • IBM i User Entitlements (50)
    • One year of SWMA
    • iAccess Family
    • OmniFind Text Sch DB2
    • DB2 Symmetric Multi-processor
    • RDPower Source Code
    • WebSphere Development Studio
    • Rational Developer

Change Data Capture (5724-U70): This software, a key component of the solution, is separately purchased through the Passport Advantage order fulfillment system using preapproved Special Bid pricing.

Model upgrades

Power 520 (8203-E4A) to the Power 720 (8202-E4D)

You can upgrade the 2-core or 4-core 8203-E4A with IBM POWER6 or POWER6+ processors to the 6-core or 8-core IBM Power 720 (8202-E4D) with POWER7+ processors. For upgrades from POWER6 or POWER6+ processor-based systems, IBM will install new CEC enclosures to replace the enclosures the client currently has. The client's current CEC enclosures will be returned to IBM. Note the client is upgrading from a system (8203-E4A) with one-year warranty into a system (8202-E4D) with three-year warranty.

However, like the "B" or "C" model 720 same-serial-number upgrades existing POWER6 feature numbers or model numbers converted to POWER7 feature numbers retain the one-year warranty. Likewise, new or additional features ordered with the POWER6 to POWER7 upgrade have a one-year warranty. However, new or additional features ordered after the POWER6 520 has been upgraded to a POWER7 or POWER7+ 720 have a three-year warranty.

Clients taking advantage of the model upgrade offer from a POWER6 or POWER6+ processor-based system are required to return all components of the serialized machine type/model that were not ordered via feature numbers. Any feature for which a feature conversion is used to obtain a new part must be returned to IBM also. Clients may keep and reuse any features from the CEC enclosures that were not involved in a feature conversion transaction.

Upgrade considerations

Feature conversions have been set up for the following:

  • POWER6 and POWER6+ processors to POWER7+ processors

The following processor conversions are supported:

8203-E4A Feature         8202-E4D Feature
--------------------     --------------------
#5634 2-core 4.2 GHz     #EPCL 6-core 3.6 GHz
#5577 2-core 4.7 GHz     #EPCL 6-core 3.6 GHz
#5635 4-core 4.2 GHz     #EPCL 6-core 3.6 GHz
#5587 4-core 4.7 GHz     #EPCL 6-core 3.6 GHz
#5634 2-core 4.2 GHz     #EPCM 8-core 3.6 GHz
#5577 2-core 4.7 GHz     #EPCM 8-core 3.6 GHz
#5635 4-core 4.2 GHz     #EPCM 8-core 3.6 GHz
#5587 4-core 4.7 GHz     #EPCM 8-core 3.6 GHz

The following features present on the current system can be moved to the new system:

  • PCIe adapters with cables
  • Line cords, keyboards, and displays
  • PowerVM (#5225, #5227, and #5228)
  • I/O drawers (#5796, #5802, #5877, #5886, and #5887)
  • Racks (#0551, #0553, and #0555)
  • Rack doors (#6068, #6069, #6248, and #6249)
  • Rack trim kits (#6246 and #6247)
  • SATA DVD-ROM (#5743)
  • SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)

The Power 720 can support the following 12X drawers and disk-only drawers:

  • Feature 5802 and 5877 PCIe 12X I/O drawers
  • Feature 5796 and 7413-G30 PCI-X (12X) I/O Drawer
  • Feature 5886 EXP12S SAS DASD Drawer
  • Feature 5997 EXP24S DASD Drawer

In the Power 720 system unit SAS bays, only the SAS SFF hard disks or SFF solid-state drives are supported internally. The 3.5-inch HDD or SSD can be attached to the Power 720 but must be located in a I/O drawer such as feature 5886.

Dynamic logical partitioning

The dynamic logical partitioning (LPAR) function provides enhanced resource management for the Power 720 Express server. Dynamic LPAR allows available system resources to be quickly and easily configured across multiple logical partitions to meet the rapidly changing needs of your business.

Dynamic LPAR also enables you to add new system resources such as new HDDs or SSDs into your system's configuration without requiring a reboot. Without the optional PowerVM Standard Edition (#5227) or PowerVM Enterprise Edition (#5228) feature, as many as eight LPARs are supported in an 8-core Power 720. If the PowerVM Standard or Enterprise Edition feature is installed in the system, a maximum of 20 dynamic LPARs for each physical processor core can be defined, with a system maximum of 160 dynamic LPARs.

An HMC or Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM) is required to manage the Power 720 (8202-E4D) implementing partitioning. Multiple Power 720 servers can be supported by a single HMC.

If an HMC is used to manage any Power 720 server, the HMC must be a rack-mount HMC model CR3, or later, or deskside HMC model C05, or later.

When IBM Systems Director is used to manage an HMC or if the HMC manages more than 254 partitions, the HMC should have 3 GB of RAM minimum and be the rack-mount model CR3, or later, or deskside model C06, or later.

PowerVM Editions (optional)

Three optional PowerVM Edition features are now available on the Power 720: PowerVM Express Edition, PowerVM Standard Edition, and PowerVM Enterprise Edition. These are managed using built-in IVM software or optionally through use of an HMC.

PowerVM Standard Edition (#5227) and PowerVM Enterprise Edition (#5228) enable clients to create partitions in units of less than one CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and enable the same system I/O to be virtually added to these partitions. The optional features, available for a fee, also include a software component that provides cross-partition workload management.

PowerVM Standard and Enterprise Editions offer:

  • Micro-Partitioning (up to 20 partitions per processor core, 160 per system)
  • Virtualized disk and optical devices (VIOS)
  • Automated CPU reconfiguration
  • Real-time partition configuration and load statistics
  • Support for dedicated and shared processor LPAR groups
  • Support for manual provisioning of resources

At initial order entry, selecting feature number 5227 or 5228 will result in Micro-Partitioning to be enabled during manufacture and the enabling software media and publications to be shipped to the client. When ordering feature number 5227 or 5228 as an MES, an activation key will be posted on an IBM website, and the client must retrieve it and install it on the system.

Visit the IBM website at

http://www-912.ibm.com/pod/pod

Other features of PowerVM Editions:

  • If any processors in a system have the Virtualization feature, all active processors must have it.
  • Once the Virtualization feature is installed in a system, it cannot be removed.
  • Virtual Ethernet and Virtual Storage are part of PowerVM Editions.

PowerVM Enterprise Edition also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one POWER6 or POWER7 server to another with no application downtime, and Active Memory Sharing, which dynamically reallocates memory between running logical partitions on a server. Also available is PowerVM Express (#5225), designed for users looking for an introduction to more advanced virtualization features at a highly affordable price. With PowerVM Express and IVM, users can create up to three partitions on the server, leverage VIOS, utilize Shared Dedicated Capacity to help optimize use of processor cycles, and even try out the Shared Processor Pool. With its intuitive browser-based interface, IVM is easy to use and helps reduce the time and effort required to manage virtual devices, processors, and partitions. An HMC is not required.

Clients can upgrade from PowerVM Express to either PowerVM Standard or PowerVM Enterprise, or they can upgrade from PowerVM Standard to PowerVM Enterprise.

By upgrading to PowerVM Standard or PowerVM Enterprise, users can create up to 160 logical partitions on the Power 720. They can also manage their PowerVM enabled machine with either an HMC or the IVM.

By upgrading to PowerVM Enterprise, users can leverage Live Partition Mobility and Active Memory Sharing.

Power 720 Capacity BackUp (CBU) capability

(Applies to IBM i only)

The Power 720 system's CBU designation can help meet your requirements for a second system to use for backup, high availability, and disaster recovery. It enables you to temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements and IBM i user license entitlements purchased for a primary machine to a secondary CBU-designated system. Temporarily transferring these resources instead of purchasing them for your secondary system may result in significant savings. Processor activations cannot be transferred.

The CBU specify feature 0444 is available only as part of a new server purchase or during a model upgrade from a Power 520 into the Power 720. Certain system prerequisites must be met and system registration and approval are required before the CBU specify feature can be applied on a new server. Standard IBM i terms and conditions do not allow either IBM i processor license entitlements or IBM i user license entitlements to be transferred permanently or temporarily. These entitlements remain with the machine they were ordered for. When you register the association between your primary and on-order CBU system, you must agree to certain terms and conditions regarding the temporary transfer.

After a CBU system designation is approved and the system is installed, you can temporarily move your optional IBM i processor license entitlement and IBM i user license entitlements from the primary system to the CBU system when the primary system is down or while the primary system processors are inactive. The CBU system can then better support failover and role swapping for a full range of test, disaster recovery, and high availability scenarios. Temporary entitlement transfer means that the entitlement is a property transferred from the primary system to the CBU system and may remain in use on the CBU system as long as the registered primary and CBU system are in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation.

The primary system for a 4-core Power 720 (8202-E4D) server with its IBM i P05 software tier can be a POWER6, POWER7, or POWER7+ server with a P05, P10, or P20 software tier listed below:

  • Power 750 (8408 E8D)
  • Power 750 (8233-E8B)
  • Power 740 (8205-E6B)
  • Power 740 (8205-E6C)
  • Power 740 (8205-E6D)
  • Power 720 (8202-E4B) #8350, 8351, 8352
  • Power 720 (8202-E4C) #EPC5, EPC6, EPC7
  • Power 720 (8202-E4D) #EPCK, EPCL, EPCM
  • Power 560 (8234-EMA)
  • Power 550 (8204-E8A)
  • Power 520 (8203-E4A) #5633,5577,5587,5634, 5635
  • P460 7895-42X
  • P260 7895-22X
  • PS704 7891-74X
  • PS703 7891-73X
  • PS701/702 8406-71Y
  • PS700 8406-70Y
  • JS23/43 7778-23X

The primary system for a 4-core, 6-core, or 8-core Power 720 (8202-E6D) server with its IBM i P10 software tier can be a POWER6, POWER7, or POWER7+ server with a P10, P20, or P30 software tier listed below:

  • Power 770 (9117-MMB)
  • Power 770 (9117-MMC)
  • Power 770 (9117-MMD)
  • Power 570 (9117-MMA)
  • Power 760 (9109-RMD)
  • Power 750 (8408-E8D)
  • Power 750 (8233-E8B)
  • Power 560 (8234-EMA)
  • Power 550 (8204-E8A)
  • Power 740 (8205-E6B)
  • Power 740 (8205-E6C)
  • Power 740 (8205-E6D)
  • Power 720 (8202-E4B) #8351, 8352
  • Power 720 (8202-E4C) #EPC6, EPC7
  • Power 720 (8202-E4D) #EPCL, EPCM
  • Power 520 (8203-E4A) #5577, 5587, 5634, 5635
  • P460 7895-42X
  • P260 7895-22X
  • PS704 7891-74X
  • PS703 7891-73X
  • PS701/702 8406-71Y
  • JS23/43 7778-23X

The primary machine must be in the same enterprise and country as the CBU system.

Before you can temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements from the registered primary system, you must have more than one IBM i processor license on the primary machine and at least one IBM i processor license on the CBU server. An activated processor must be available on the CBU server to use the transferred entitlement. You can then transfer any IBM i processor entitlements above the minimum one, assuming the total IBM i workload on the primary system does not require the IBM i entitlement you would like to transfer during the time of the transfer. During this temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor license entitlements are not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system. These warning messages in this situation do not mean you are not in compliance.

Before you can temporarily transfer IBM i user entitlements, you must have more than the minimum number of IBM i user entitlements on a 9408, 8203, or 8202 primary server. You can then transfer any IBM i user entitlements above the minimum, assuming the total IBM i users on the primary system do not require the IBM i entitlement you want to transfer during the time of the transfer. The Power 550, 560, 740, and 750 do not have user entitlements that can be transferred and only processor license entitlements can be transferred. The minimum number of IBM i users on the POWER6 and POWER7 with i user entitlements are:

  • Power 520 1-core (9407-M15, 8203-E4A): 5 users
  • Power 520 2-core (9408-M25, 8203-E4A): 30 users
  • Power 520 4-core (8203-E4A): 50 users
  • Power 720 4-core (8202-E4B), 8202-E4C, 8202-E4D: 5 users
  • Power 720 6-core or 8-core (8202-E4B), 8202-E4C, 8202-E4D: 30 users

For example, if you have a 2-core Power 520 (8203-E4A or 9408-M25) as your primary system with two IBM i processor license entitlements (one above the minimum) and 50 IBM i user entitlements (20 above the minimum), you can temporarily transfer up to one IBM i entitlement and up to 20 user entitlements. During this temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor and user license entitlements is not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system.

Note that if the Power 720 CBU server has just one partition and if it is using the default parameters set by IBM Manufacturing, the IBM i licensing manager will ignore the temporary transfer and will not use additional processor cores. To work around this restriction for valid CBU situations, you can add a partition with no resource on your server or implement a shared processor pool.

If your primary or CBU machine is sold or discontinued from use, any temporary entitlement transfers must be returned to the machine on which they were originally acquired. For CBU registration and further information, visit

http://www.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/cbu

I/O drawer availability

Four 12X attached I/O drawers are supported on the Power 720, enabling you to increase overall server expandability and connectivity.

  • Feature 5802 enables 10 PCIe slots and 18 SFF SAS DASD slots.
  • Feature 5877 enables 10 PCIe slots.
  • Feature 5796 enables six PCI-X slots (supported but not orderable).
  • The 7314-G30 enables six PCI-X slots (supported but not orderable).

Three disk-only I/O drawers are also supported, providing large storage capacity and multiple partition support:

  • Feature 5887 EXP24S holds twenty-four 2.5-inch (SFF) SAS HDDs or SSDs.
  • Feature EDR1 EXP30 holds 30 SSDs and two integrated SAS adapters.
  • Feature 5886 EXP12S holds twelve 3.5-inch SAS HDDs or SSDs (supported but not orderable).

Feature number I/O drawers available for order on the Power 720

PCI-X DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (#5796) (supported only -- not orderable)

The PCI-X DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (#5796) is a 4 EIA unit tall drawer and mounts in a 19-inch rack. Feature 5796 is 22.4 cm (8.8 in) wide and takes up half the width of the 4 EIA rack space. Feature 5796 requires the use of a feature 7314 drawer-mounting enclosure. The 4 EIA tall enclosure can hold up to two feature 5796 drawers mounted side by side in the enclosure. The PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer has six 64-bit, 3.3 V, PCI-X DDR slots running at 266 MHz that use blind-swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. The drawer includes redundant hot-plug power and cooling. You must select one of the two available interface adapters for use in the feature 5796 drawer, either the Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter -- Long Run (#6457) or the Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter Short Run (#6446). The adapter selection is based on how close the host system or the next I/O drawer in the loop is physically located.

A maximum of four feature 5796 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing features 5802 or 5877 and 5796 on the same loop is not supported. Mixing feature 5796 and the 7314-G30 on the same loop is supported with a maximum of four drawers total per loop. A minimum configuration of two 12X cables (either SDR or DDR) and two ac power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X SDR or DDR cables.

The Power 720 uses the GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (#EJ04) adapter to attach a feature 5796 12X I/O Drawer using SDR speed.

PCI-X DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (7314-G30) (supported -- not orderable)

The 7314-G30 is equivalent to the feature 5796 described above with one key difference: IBM i does not support this I/O drawer. Otherwise, it provides the same six PCI-X DDR slots per unit and has the same configuration rules/considerations as feature 5796.

12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk (#5802)

This feature includes a 4U high, 19-inch I/O drawer containing 10 PCIe 8x I/O adapter slots and 18 SAS hot-swap SFF SAS disk bays, which can be used for either disk drives or SSDs. Using 300 GB disk drives, the feature 5802 offers up to 5.4 TB of storage. Using larger disk drives delivers even more capacity.

The 18 disk bays can be organized either into one group of 18 bays (AIX or Linux), two groups of nine slots (AIX, IBM i, or Linux), or four groups of four or five bays (AIX or Linux). Selecting either one, two, or four groups of drive bays is done with a mode switch on the drawer.

A maximum of two feature 5802 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing feature 5802 and feature 5796 and the 7314-G30 on the same loop is not supported. Mixing feature 5802 and feature 5877 on the same loop is supported with a maximum of two drawers total per loop. The PCIe adapter slots use Gen3 blind-swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. A minimum configuration of two 12X DDR cables and two ac power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy. 12X SDR cables are not supported. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X DDR cables (#1861/#1862/#1864/#1865).

The Power 720 uses the GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (#EJ04) adapter to attach a feature 5802 12X I/O Drawer. The feature EJ04 provides double data rate (DDR) capacity bandwidth.

12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No disk (#5877)

This feature provides a 4U high 19-inch I/O drawer containing 10 PCIe 8x I/O adapter slots.

A maximum of two feature 5877 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing features 5877 and 5796/7314-G30 on the same loop is not supported. Mixing features 5802 and 5877 on the same loop is supported with a maximum of two drawers total per loop. The PCIe adapter slots use Gen3 blind-swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. A minimum configuration of two 12X DDR cables and two ac power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy; 12X SDR cables are not supported. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X DDR cables (#1861/#1862/#1864/#1865).

The Power 720 uses the GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (#EJ04) adapter to attach a feature 5877 12X I/O Drawer. Feature EJ04 offers DDR capacity bandwidth.

Note that conversions between a diskless feature 5877 and a feature 5802 with disk bays are not available.

EXP 12S SAS Drawer (#5886) (supported only -- not orderable)

The EXP 12S SAS drawer (#5886) is a 2 EIA drawer and mounts in a 19-inch rack. The drawer can hold either SAS disk drives or SSDs. The EXP 12S SAS drawer has twelve 3.5-inch SAS disk bays with redundant data paths to each bay. The drawer supports redundant hot-plug power and cooling and redundant hot-swap SAS expanders (Enclosure Services Manager-ESM). Each ESM has an independent SCSI Enclosure Services (SES) diagnostic processor.

The SAS disk drives or SSDs contained in the EXP12S are controlled by one or two PCIe or PCI-X SAS adapters connected to the EXP12S via SAS cables. The SAS cable will vary, depending upon the adapter being used, the operating system being used, and the protection you need.

  • The large cache PCI-X feature 5908 uses a SAS Y cable when a single port is running the EXP12S. A SAS X cable is used when a pair of adapters is used for controller redundancy.
  • The medium cache PCI-X feature 5902 and PCIe feature 5805 adapters are always paired and use a SAS X cable to attach the feature 5886 I/O drawer.
  • The zero cache PCI-X feature 5912 and PCIe feature 5901 use a SAS Y cable when a single port is running the EXP12S. A SAS X cable is used for AIX/Linux environments when a pair of adapters is used for controller redundancy.

In all of the above configurations, all 12 SAS bays are controlled by a single controller or a single pair of controllers.

A second EXP12S drawer can be attached to another drawer using two SAS EE cables, providing 24 SAS bays instead of 12 bays for the same SAS controller port. This is called cascading. In this configuration, all 24 SAS bays are controlled by a single controller or a single pair of controllers.

The feature 5886 can also be directly attached to the SAS port on the rear of the Power 720, providing a low-cost disk storage solution. When used this way, the imbedded SAS controllers in the system unit drive the disk drives in EXP12S. A second unit cannot be cascaded to a feature 5886 attached in this way.

EXP24S SFF Gen2-Bay Drawer (#5887)

The EXP24S SFF Gen2-Bay Drawer is an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch small form-factor (SFF) SAS bays. It supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF SAS HDDs on POWER6 or POWER7 servers in 2U of 19-inch rack space. The EXP24S bays are controlled by SAS adapters/controllers attached to the I/O drawer by SAS X or Y cables.

The SFF bays of the EXP24S are different from the SFF bays of the POWER7 system units or 12X PCIe I/O Drawer (#5802). The EXP24S uses Gen2 or SFF-2 SAS drives that physically do not fit in the Gen1 or SFF-1 bays of the POWER7 system unit or 12X PCIe I/O Drawers or vice versa.

The following SFF-2/Gen2 SAS drives can be used in the EXP24S:

  • HDD
    • 10,000 rpm 283 GB/300 GB (#1956, #1925, #1844, and #1869)
    • 10,000 rpm 571 GB/600 GB (#1962, #1964, #1817, and #1818)
    • 10,000 rpm 856 GB (#1738 and #EQ38)
    • 10,000 rpm 900 GB (#1752 and #EQ52)
    • 15,000 rpm 139 GB/146 GB (#1947, #1917, #1868, and #1866)
    • 15,000 rpm 283 GB (#1948 and #1927)
    • 10,000 rpm 283 GB (#1953 and #1929)
  • SSD
    • 177 GB (#1793, #1794, #1887, and #1958)
    • 387 GB (#ESRC, #ESRD, #ES0C, #ES0D, #EQ0C, and #EQ0D)

The SAS adapters/controllers that support the EXP24S are:

  • PCI-X 1.5 GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter 3 Gb (#5908)
  • PCIe2 1.8 GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6 Gb (#5913)
  • PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter 3 Gb (#5901, #5278)

The integrated SAS controllers that support the EXP24S off the imbedded SAS port on the rear of the server are in:

  • The Power 710, 720, 730, 740, 750, 755, 770, and 780
  • The Power 520 (8203-E4A) and Power 550 (8204-E8A)

AIX, Linux, and VIOS support all of the above SAS adapters/controllers with the EXP24S. IBM i supports all but the feature 5901 and 5278 adapters with the EXP24S.

Up to 24 HDDs can be supported with any of the supported SAS adapters/controllers.

The EXP24S has an adjustable set of rails that allows it to fit in standard Power Systems 19-inch racks such as the 7014-T42 or -T00 or the feature 0551 or 0553.

EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer (#EDR1)

Feature EDR1 is a 1U high I/O drawer that includes 30 hot-swap SSD bays and a pair of integrated large write cache, high-performance SAS controllers. Ultra high levels of performance are provided without using any PCIe slots on the POWER7+ server in an ultra-dense packaging design.

The two high-performance, integrated SAS controllers each physically provide 3.1 GB write cache. Working as a pair, they deliver mirrored write cache data and controller redundancy. The cache contents are designed to be protected by built-in flash memory in case of power failure. If the pairing is broken, write cache is not used after existing cache content is written out to the drive and performance will probably be slowed until the controller pairing is re-established.

Each controller is connected to a GX++ PCIe adapter in a server (for example, #EJ03) over a PCIe x8 cable (for example, #EN05 or #EN07). Usually both controllers are attached to one server, but each controller can be assigned to a different server or partition or VIOS. Active/Active capability is supported assuming at least two RAID arrays. The controllers provide RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 for AIX, Linux, and VIOS. The controllers enable RAID 5 and RAID 6 for IBM i. AIX, IBM i, Linux, and VIOS also include OS mirroring (LVM). The adapter's CCIN is 57C3.

eMLC SSDs designed to fit in the Ultra drawer bays such as the 387 GB #ES02 SSD are used. A minimum of six SSDs are required in each Ultra drawer. Each controller can access all 30 SSD bays. The bays can be configured as one set of bays run by a pair of controllers working together. Or the bays can be divided into two logical sets where each of the two controllers "owns" one of the logical sets. With proper software, if one of the controllers fails, the other controller can run both sets of bays.

19-inch racks

The Model 8202-E4D and its I/O drawers are designed to mount in the 25U 7014-S25 (#0555), 36U 7014-T00 (#0551), or the 42U 7014-T42 (#0553) rack. These racks are built to the 19-inch EIA standard. When you order a new 8202 system, you can also order the appropriate 7014 rack model with the system hardware on the same initial order. IBM is making the racks available as features of the 8202-E4D when you order additional I/O drawer hardware for an existing system (MES order). The rack feature number should be used if you want IBM to integrate the newly ordered I/O drawer in a 19-inch rack before shipping the MES order.

1.3-meter rack (#0555 -- supported only)

This 25 EIA unit rack is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-S25 rack.

1.8-meter rack (#0551)

This 36 EIA unit rack is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-T00 rack; the included features may be different. Some features that are delivered as part of the 7014-T00 must be ordered separately with the feature 0551. Order the feature 0551 only when required to support rack integration of MES orders prior to shipment from IBM.

2.0-meter rack (#0553)

This 42 EIA unit tall rack delivered as feature 0553 is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-T42 rack; the included features may be different. Some features that are delivered as part of the 7014-T42 must be ordered separately with the feature 0553. Order the feature 0553 only when required to support rack integration of MES orders prior to shipment from IBM.

IBM Power Systems Deployment-ready Services

IBM offers a portfolio of integration, configuration, and customization services for IBM Power Systems. These Deployment-ready Services are designed to accelerate client solution deployment and reduce related resources and cost. Offerings include:

  • Integration
    • Component integration
    • Rack integration
    • Operating system preinstallation
    • Unit personalization
    • Third-party hardware/software installation
    • Client-specified placement
  • Asset tagging: Standard tagging: Radio Frequency Identifier (RFID)
  • Special packaging: Box consolidation
  • System customization: Remote access partitioning customized operating system/firmware

For more information on Deployment-ready Services, refer to

http://www.ibm.com/power/deploymentreadyservices/


Back to topBack to top

Reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) features

Top rule

Reliability, fault tolerance, and data correction

The reliability of systems starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be highly reliable. The POWER7+ processor SCM uses lower-voltage technology, improving reliability with stacked latches to reduce soft error (SER) susceptibility. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process to help ensure the highest level of product quality.

The system cache and memory offer ECC (error checking and correcting) fault-tolerant features. ECC is designed to correct environmentally induced, single-bit, intermittent memory failures and single-bit hard failures. With ECC, the likelihood of memory failures will be reduced. ECC also offers double-bit memory error detection that helps protect data in the event of a double-bit memory failure.

The AIX and IBM i operating systems provide disk drive mirroring and disk drive controller duplexing. The Linux operating system supports disk drive mirroring (RAID 1) through software, while other RAID protection schemes are delivered via hardware RAID adapters.

Memory error correction extensions

The memory has single-bit-error correction and double-bit-error detection ECC circuitry. The ECC code is also designed such that the failure of any one specific memory module within an ECC word by itself can be corrected absent any other fault.

Memory protection features include scrubbing to detect errors, a means to call for the deallocation of memory pages for a pattern of correctable errors detected, and signaling deallocation of a logical memory block when an error occurs that cannot be corrected by the ECC code.

Fault monitoring functions

Disk drive fault tracking is designed to alert the system administrator of an impending disk drive failure before it affects client operation.

Mutual surveillance

The Service Processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process, and also monitors the hypervisor for termination. The hypervisor monitors the Service Processor and will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the Service Processor. If the reset/reload does not correct the problem with the Service Processor, the hypervisor will notify the operating system and the operating system can take appropriate action, including calling for service.

Environmental monitoring functions

POWER7+ technology-based servers include a range of environmental monitoring functions:

  • Temperature monitoring warns the system administrator of potential environmental-related problems by monitoring the air inlet temperature. When the inlet temperature rises above a warning threshold, the system initiates an orderly shutdown. When the temperature exceeds the critical level or if the temperature remains above the warning level for too long, the system will shut down immediately.
  • Fan speed is controlled by monitoring actual temperatures on critical components and adjusting accordingly. If internal component temperatures reach critical levels, the system will shut down immediately, regardless of fan speed. When a redundant fan fails, the system calls out the failing fan and continues running. When a nonredundant fan fails, the system shuts down immediately.

Availability enhancement functions

The POWER7 family of systems continues to offer and introduce significant enhancements designed to increase system availability.

POWER7+ processor functions

As in POWER6 and POWER7, the POWER7+ processor can perform processor instruction retry and alternate processor recovery for a number of core-related faults. This is designed to significantly reduce exposure to both hard (logic) and soft (transient) errors in the processor core. Soft failures in the processor core are transient (intermittent) errors, often due to cosmic rays or other sources of radiation, and generally are not repeatable. When an error is encountered in the core, the POWER7+ processor is designed to first automatically retry the instruction. If the source of the error was truly transient, the instruction will succeed and the system will continue as before. On IBM systems before POWER6, this error would have caused a checkstop.

Hard failures are more difficult, being true logical errors that will be replicated each time the instruction is repeated. Retrying the instruction will not help in this situation. As in POWER6 and POWER7, POWER7+ processors can extract the failing instruction from the faulty core and retry it elsewhere in the system for a number of faults, after which the failing core is dynamically deconfigured and called out for replacement. These systems are designed to avoid a full system outage.

POWER7+ single processor checkstopping

As in POWER6, POWER7+ includes single processor checkstopping for certain faults that cannot be handled by the availability enhancements described in the preceding section. This significantly reduces the probability of any one processor affecting total system availability.

Partition availability priority

Also available is the ability to assign availability priorities to partitions. If an alternate processor recovery event requires spare processor resources in order to protect a workload, when no other means of obtaining the spare resources is available, the system will determine which partition has the lowest priority and attempt to claim the needed resource. On a properly configured POWER7+ processor-based server, this allows that capacity to be first obtained from, for example, a test partition instead of a financial accounting system.

POWER7+ cache availability

The L2 and L3 caches in the POWER7+ processor are protected with double-bit detect, single-bit correct error detection code (ECC). In addition, the caches maintain a cache line delete capability. A threshold of correctable errors detected on a cache line can result in the data in the cache line being purged and the cache line removed from further operation without requiring a reboot. An ECC uncorrectable error detected in the cache can also trigger a purge and delete of the cache line. This results in no loss of operation if the cache line contained data unmodified from what was stored in system memory. Modified data would be handled through Special Uncorrectable Error handling. L1 data and instruction caches also have a retry capability for intermittent error and a cache set delete mechanism for handling solid failures. In addition, the POWER7+ processors also have the ability to dynamically substitute a faulty bit-line in an L3 cache dedicated to a processor with a spare bit-line.

Special uncorrectable error handling

Special uncorrectable error (SUE) handling prevents an uncorrectable error in memory or cache from immediately causing the system to terminate. Rather, the system tags the data and determines whether it will ever be used again. If the error is irrelevant, it will not force a check stop. If the data is used, termination may be limited to the program/kernel or hypervisor owning the data; or the I/O adapters controlled by an I/O hub controller would freeze if data were transferred to an I/O device.

PCI extended error handling

PCI extended error handling (EEH)-enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. For Linux, EEH support extends to the majority of frequently used devices, although some third-party PCI devices may not provide native EEH support.

Predictive failure and dynamic component deallocation

Servers with Power processors have long been able to perform predictive failure analysis on certain critical components such as processors and memory. When these components exhibit certain symptoms that may indicate a failure is imminent, the system can dynamically deallocate and call home, when enabled, about the failing part before the error is propagated system-wide. In many cases, the system will first attempt to reallocate resources in such a way that will avoid unplanned outages. In the event that insufficient resources exist to maintain full system availability, these servers will attempt to maintain partition availability by user-defined priority.

Uncorrectable error recovery

When the auto-restart option is enabled, the system can automatically restart following an unrecoverable software error, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (ac power) failure.

Serviceability

The purpose of serviceability is to repair the system while attempting to minimize or eliminate service cost (within budget objectives), while maintaining high client satisfaction. Serviceability includes system installation, MES (system upgrades/downgrades), and system maintenance/repair. Depending upon the system and warranty contract, service may be performed by the client, an IBM representative, or an authorized warranty service provider.

The serviceability features delivered in this system provide a highly efficient service environment by incorporating the following attributes:

  • Design for client setup (CSU), client installed features (CIF), and customer replaceable units (CRU)
  • Error detection and fault isolation (ED/FI)
  • First failure data capture (FFDC)
  • Converged service approach across multiple IBM server platforms

Service environments

The HMC is a dedicated server that provides functions for configuring and managing servers for either partitioned or full-system partition using a GUI or command-line interface (CLI). An HMC attached to the system enables support personnel (with client authorization) to remotely log in to review error logs and perform remote maintenance if required.

The POWER7 processor-based platforms support two main service environments:

  • Attachment to one or more HMCs is a supported option by the system. This is the default configuration for servers supporting logical partitions with dedicated or virtual I/O. In this case, all servers have at least one logical partition.
  • No HMC. There are two service strategies for non-HMC systems:
    • Full system partition: A single partition owns all the server resources and only one operating system may be installed.
    • Partitioned system: In this configuration, the system can have more than one partition and can be running more than one operating system. In this environment, partitions are managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM), which includes some of the functions offered by the HMC.

Service Interface

The Service Interface enables support personnel to communicate with the service support applications in a server using a console, interface, or terminal. Delivering a clear, concise view of available service applications, the Service Interface enables the support team to manage system resources and service information in an efficient and effective way. Applications available via the Service Interface are carefully configured and placed to give service providers access to important service functions.

Different service interfaces are used, depending on the state of the system and its operating environment. The primary service interfaces are:

  • LEDs
  • Operator Panel
  • Service Processor menu
  • Operating system service menu
  • Service Focal Point on the HMC
  • Service Focal Point Lite on IVM

In the light path LED implementation, the system can clearly identify components for replacement by using specific component-level LEDs, and can also guide the servicer directly to the component by signaling (turning on solid) the amber system fault LED, enclosure fault LED, and the component FRU fault LED. The servicer can also use the identify function to blink the FRU-level LED. When this function is activated, a roll-up to the blue enclosure locate and system locate LEDs will occur. These LEDs will turn on solid and can be used to follow the light path from the system to the enclosure and down to the specific FRU.

First-failure data capture (FFDC) and error data analysis

FFDC is a technique that helps ensure that when a fault is detected in a system, the root cause of the fault will be captured without the need to re-create the problem or run any sort of extended tracing or diagnostics program. For the vast majority of faults, a good FFDC design means that the root cause can also be detected automatically without servicer intervention.

FFDC information, error data analysis, and fault isolation are necessary to implement the advanced serviceability techniques that enable efficient service of the systems and to help determine the failing items.

In the rare absence of FFDC and error data analysis, diagnostics are required to re-create the failure and determine the failing items.

Diagnostics

General diagnostic objectives are to detect and identify problems such that they can be resolved quickly. Elements of IBM's diagnostics strategy include:

  • Common error code format equivalent to a system reference code, system reference number, checkpoint, or firmware error code.
  • Fault detection and problem isolation procedures.
  • Support for remote connection to be used by the IBM Remote Support Center or IBM Designated Service.
  • Interactive intelligence within the diagnostics with detailed online failure information while connected to IBM's back-end system.

Automatic diagnostics

Because of the FFDC technology designed into IBM servers, it is not necessary to perform re-create diagnostics for failures or require user intervention. Solid and intermittent errors are designed to be correctly detected and isolated at the time the failure occurs. Runtime and boottime diagnostics fall into this category.

Stand-alone diagnostics

As the name implies, stand-alone or user-initiated diagnostics require user intervention. The user must perform manual steps, including:

  • Using disk-based diagnostics
  • Keying in commands
  • Interactively selecting steps from a list of choices

Concurrent maintenance

The system will continue to support concurrent maintenance of power, cooling, HDD or SSD, DVD, and firmware updates (when possible). The determination of whether a firmware release can be updated concurrently is identified in the readme information file released with the firmware.

Service labels

Service providers use these labels to assist them in performing maintenance actions. Service labels are found in various formats and positions and are intended to transmit readily available information to the servicer during the repair process. Following are some of these service labels and their purpose:

  • Location diagrams: Location diagrams are strategically located on the system hardware, relating information regarding the placement of hardware components. Location diagrams may include location codes, drawings of physical locations, concurrent maintenance status, or other data pertinent to a repair. Location diagrams are especially useful when multiple components are installed such as DIMMs, CPUs, processor books, fans, adapter cards, LEDs, and power supplies.
  • Remove/replace procedures: Service labels that contain remove/replace procedures are often found on a cover of the system or in other spots accessible to the servicer. These labels provide systematic procedures, including diagrams, detailing how to remove or replace certain serviceable hardware components.
  • Arrows: Numbered arrows are used to indicate the order of operation and serviceability direction of components. Some serviceable parts such as latches, levers, and touch points need to be pulled or pushed in a certain direction and certain order for the mechanical mechanisms to engage or disengage. Arrows generally improve the ease of serviceability.

Packaging for service

The following service enhancements are included in the physical packaging of the systems to facilitate service:

  • Color coding (touch points): Terracotta-colored touch points indicate that a component (FRU/CRU) can be concurrently maintained. Blue-colored touch points delineate components that are not concurrently maintained -- those that require the system to be turned off for removal or repair.
  • Tool-less design: Selected IBM systems support tool-less or simple tool designs. These designs require no tools or simple tools such as flathead screw drivers to service the hardware components.
  • Positive retention: Positive retention mechanisms help to assure proper connections between hardware components such as cables to connectors, and between two cards that attach to each other. Without positive retention, hardware components run the risk of becoming loose during shipping or installation, preventing a good electrical connection. Positive retention mechanisms like latches, levers, thumbscrews, pop Nylatches (U-clips), and cables are included to help prevent loose connections and aid in installing (seating) parts correctly. These positive retention items do not require tools.

Error handling and reporting

In the event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system runtime error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully restarted either manually or automatically, the error will be reported to the operating system. Error Log Analysis (ELA) can be used to display the failure cause and the physical location of the failing hardware.

With the integrated Service Processor, the system has the ability to automatically send out an alert via phone line to a pager or call for service in the event of a critical system failure. A hardware fault will also turn on the amber system fault LED located on the system unit to alert the user of an internal hardware problem. The indicator may also be set to blink by the operator as a tool to allow system identification. For identification, the blue locate LED on the enclosure and at the system level will turn on solid. The amber system fault LED will be on solid when an error condition occurs.

On POWER7+ processor-based servers, hardware and software failures are recorded in the system log. When an HMC is attached, an ELA routine analyzes the error, forwards the event to the Service Focal Point (SFP) application running on the HMC, and notifies the system administrator that it has isolated a likely cause of the system problem. The Service Processor event log also records unrecoverable checkstop conditions, forwards them to the SFP application, and notifies the system administrator. Once the information is logged in the SFP application, if the system is properly configured, a call home service request will be initiated and the pertinent failure data with service parts information and part locations will be sent to an IBM service organization. Client contact information and specific system-related data such as the machine type, model, and serial number, along with error log data related to the failure are sent to IBM Service.

Live partition mobility

With Live Partition Mobility, you can migrate an AIX or Linux partition running on one POWER7 or POWER7+ partition system to another POWER6, POWER7, or POWER7+ system without disrupting services. Also, IBM i and Linux partitions are enabled to migrate to another system without disrupting services. The migration transfers the entire system environment, including processor state, memory, attached virtual devices, and connected users. It provides continuous operating system and application availability during planned partition outages for repair of hardware and firmware faults, or continuous availability during a concurrent repair that requires freeing up CEC resources.

Service Processor

The Service Processor enables you to diagnose, check the status of, and sense the operational conditions of a system. It runs on its own power boundary and does not require resources from a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks.

The Service Processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring, reset, restart, remote maintenance, and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring. The Service Processors menus (ASMI) can be accessed concurrently with system operation, allowing nondisruptive abilities to change system default parameters.

Call Home

Call Home refers to an automatic or manual call from a client location to IBM support structure with error log data, server status, or other service-related information. Call Home invokes the service organization in order for the appropriate service action to begin. Call Home can be done through HMC or most non-HMC managed systems. While configuring Call Home is optional, clients are encouraged to implement this feature in order to obtain service enhancements such as reduced problem determination and faster and potentially more accurate transmittal of error information. In general, using the Call Home feature can result in increased system availability. The Electronic Service Agent application can be configured for automated call home. Refer to the next section for specific details on this application.

IBM Electronics Services

The IBM Electronic Services solution comprises Electronic Service Agent and the IBM Electronic Services web portal -- dedicated to providing fast, exceptional support to IBM clients. IBM Electronic Service Agent is a no-charge tool that proactively monitors and reports hardware events such as system errors, performance issues, and inventory. Electronic Service Agent can help focus on the client's company strategic business initiatives, save time, and spend less effort managing day-to-day IT maintenance issues.

Integrated in the operating system in addition to the HMC, Electronic Service Agent is designed to automatically and electronically report system failures and client-perceived issues to IBM, which can result in faster problem resolution and increased availability. System configuration and inventory information collected by Electronic Service Agent also can be viewed on the secure Electronic Services web portal and used to improve problem determination and resolution between the client and the IBM support team. As part of an increased focus to provide even better service to IBM clients, Electronic Service Agent tool configuration and activation comes standard with the system. In support of this effort, a new HMC External Connectivity security whitepaper has been published, which describes data exchanges between the HMC and the IBM Service Delivery Center (SDC) and the methods and protocols for this exchange. To read the whitepaper and prepare for Electronic Service Agent installation, go to the "Reference Guide" section at

http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic
  1. Select your country.
  2. Click on "IBM Electronic Service Agent Connectivity Guide."
Benefits

Increased uptime:

Electronic Service Agent is designed to enhance the warranty and maintenance service by providing faster hardware error reporting and uploading system information to IBM Support. This can optimize the time monitoring the symptoms, diagnosing the error, and manually calling IBM Support to open a problem record. And 24x7 monitoring and reporting means no more dependency on human intervention or off-hours client personnel when errors are encountered in the middle of the night.

Security:

Electronic Service Agent is secure in monitoring, reporting, and storing the data at IBM. Electronic Service Agent securely transmits via the Internet (HTTPS or VPN) and can be configured to communicate securely through gateways to provide clients a single point of exit from their site. Communication between the client and IBM only flows one way; activating Service Agent does not enable IBM to call into a client's system. System inventory information is stored in a secure database, which is protected behind IBM firewalls. The client's business applications or business data is never transmitted to IBM.

More accurate reporting:

Because system information and error logs are automatically uploaded to the IBM Support Center in conjunction with the service request, clients are not required to find and send system information, decreasing the risk of misreported or misdiagnosed errors. Once inside IBM, problem error data is run through a data knowledge management system and knowledge articles are appended to the problem record.

Customized support:

Using the IBM ID entered during activation, you can view system and support information in the "My Systems" and "Premium Search" sections of the Electronic Services website.

The Electronic Services web portal is a single Internet entry point that replaces the multiple entry points traditionally used to access IBM Internet services and support. This web portal enables you to gain easier access to IBM resources for assistance in resolving technical problems. The newly improved My Systems and Premium Search functions make it even easier for Electronic Service Agent-enabled clients to track system inventory and find pertinent fixes.

My Systems provides valuable reports of installed hardware and software using information collected from the systems by IBM Electronic Service Agent. Reports are available for any system associated with the client's IBM ID. Premium Search combines the function of search and the value of Electronic Service Agent information, providing advanced search of the technical support knowledgebase. Using Premium Search and the Service Agent information that has been collected from the system, you can see search results that apply specifically to your systems.

For more information on how to utilize the power of IBM Electronic Services, visit the following website or contact an IBM Systems Services Representative

http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic

Accessibility by people with disabilities

A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) containing details on accessibility compliance can be found on the IBM Accessibility website.



Back to topBack to top

Models

Top rule

Model summary matrix

Model Processor Speed Memory Internal HDD/SSD Internal Slots Internal Bays
E4D POWER7+ 4-, 6-, 8-core 3.6 GHz 8 GB/512 GB 7.2 TB 6 8 2.5" SFF, 2 media

Customer setup (CSU)

Yes.

Devices supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 8202.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the sales manual for further attach support information.

         |E|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
         |4|
         |D|
         | |
  MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
---------|-|---------------------------------------------------------
         | |
---------+-+--------Communications-----------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7036-P16 |X| IBM 7036-P16
         | |
---------+-+--------Disk---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1710-10U |X| IBM System Storage EXP100 Expansion Unit
1722-60U |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1722-6LU |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1724-100 |X| IBM System Storage DS4100 Disk System
1740-710 |X| IBM System Storage EXP710 Expansion Unit
1742-1RU |X| IBM 1742-1RU
1742-90U |X| IBM System Storage DS4500 Disk System
1750-511 |X| IBM 1750-511
1750-522 |X| IBM 1750-522
1750-EX1 |X| IBM 1750-EX1
1812-81A |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit
         | |Model 81
1812-81S |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP810 Expansion Unit Model
         | |81-DC
1812-8VA |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit
1814-20A |X| IBM 1814 DS5020 Disk Controller Model 20A
1814-52A |X| IBM 1814 EXP520 Expansion Unit
1814-70A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70
1814-70S |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70-DC
1814-72A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 72
1814-72S |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 72-DC
1814-7VA |X| IBM System Storage DS4200 Express Model 7V
1814-7VH |X| DS4200 Express Model 7V
1814-92A |X| IBM System Storage (EXP395) Expansion Unit
1814-94A |X| IBM System Storage (DS3950) Model 94
1814-98A |X| IBM System Storage (DS3950) Model 98
1815-80A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 80A
1815-82A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 82A
1815-84A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 84A
1815-88A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 88A
1818-51A |X| IBM System Storage DS5100 Disk System
1818-53A |X| IBM System Storage DS5300 Disk System
1818-80C |X| DCS3700 Storage System
1818-80E |X| DCS3700 Expansion Unit
1818-D1A |X| IBM System Storage EXP5000 Expansion Unit
2105-750 |X| IBM 2105-750
2105-800 |X| IBM 2105 ESS Model 800
2105-E20 |X| IBM 2105-E20
2105-F10 |X| IBM 2105-F10
2105-F20 |X| IBM 2105-F20
2107-921 |X| IBM 2107-921
2107-922 |X| IBM 2107-922
2107-931 |X| IBM 2107-931
2107-932 |X| IBM 2107-932
2107-9A2 |X| IBM 2107-9A2
2107-9AE |X| IBM 2107-9AE
2107-9B2 |X| IBM 2107-9B2
7031-D24 |X| IBM TotalStorage EXP24 7031-D24
7031-T24 |X| IBM TotalStorage EXP24 7031-T24
7204-646 |X| IBM 7204-646
         | |
---------+-+--------Displays-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7042-C06 |X| IBM 7042-C06
7042-C07 |X| IBM 7042-C07
7042-CR4 |X| IBM 7042-CR4
7042-CR5 |X| IBM 7042-CR5
7042-CR6 |X| Rack-mount Hardware Management Console
7310-C05 |X| IBM 7310-C05
7310-C06 |X| IBM 7310-C06
7310-CR3 |X| IBM 7310-CR3
7310-CR4 |X| IBM 7310-CR4
7316-TF1 |X| IBM 7316-TF1
7316-TF3 |X| IBM 7316-TF3
9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor
9513-AW1 |X| IBM T55A 15.0-inch Color TFT LCD Monitor
9516-B03 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | |B03
9516-B04 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | |B04
         | |
---------+-+--------Expansion Cabinets-------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7014-B42 |X| IBM 7014-B42
7014-S25 |X| IBM 7014-S25
7014-T00 |X| IBM 7014-T00
7014-T42 |X| IBM 7014-T42
7314-G30 |X| IBM 7314-G30
         | |
---------+-+--------Power--------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9910-E15 |X| PW9130 120vac Tower
9910-E16 |X| PW9130 HV ac Tower
9910-E30 |X| Powerware 9125 3KVA Tower/Rack
9910-E33 |X| POWERWARE 5125 3KVA RACK-MOUNT
9910-E35 |X| Powerware 9910G3000R-XL3U
9910-E36 |X| Powerware 9910I3000R-XL3U
9910-E50 |X| PW 9135 5.0kVA rack or tower
9910-E64 |X| Powerware 9125 6KVA Tower/Rack
9910-E65 |X| Powerware 5125 5KVA Rack Mount
9910-E66 |X| Powerware PW-9910G6kVA 208VXL4U
9910-E67 |X| PW 9910 6kva EXT 230V Rack
9910-E82 |X| Powerware 9140 10KVA Rack-Nema
9910-E83 |X| Powerware 9140 10KVA Rack-IEC
9910-P13 |X| PW5115 1.4kVA 110-127V LV NA
9910-P14 |X| PW5115 1.4kVA 220-240V HV WT
         | |
---------+-+--------SCSI Devices-------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3996-032 |X| 3996-032
3996-080 |X| 3996-080
3996-174 |X| 3996-174
7210-020 |X| IBM 7210-020
7210-025 |X| IBM 7210-025
7210-030 |X| IBM 7210-030
         | |
---------+-+--------Storage Network Devices--------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1750-EX2 |X| IBM System Storage DS6000 Expansion Unit
2076-112 |X| IBM Storwize V7000 Controller LFF 12-drive enclosure
2076-124 |X| IBM Storwize V7000 Controller SFF 24-drive enclosure
         | |(SSDs)
2076-212 |X| IBM Storwize V7000 Expansion LFF 12-drive enclosure
2076-224 |X| IBM Storwize V7000 Expansion SFF 24-drive enclosure (SSDs)
2076-312 |X| IBM Storwize V7000 10 GbE Controller LFF 12-drive
         | |enclosure
2076-324 |X| IBM Storwize V7000 10 GbE Controller SFF 24-drive
         | |enclosure (SSDs)
2145-4F2 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
         | |Model 4F2
2145-8F2 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
         | |Model 8F2
2145-8F4 |X| IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
         | |Model 8F4
2145-CF8 |X| IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
         | |Model CF8
2421-921 |X| System storage DS8100
2421-922 |X| System storage DS8300
2421-92E |X| System Storage DS8000
2421-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2421-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2421-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2421)
2421-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2421)
2421-9A2 |X| System storage DS8300
2421-9AE |X| System Storage DS8000
2421-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2422-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2422-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2422-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2422)
2422-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2422)
2422-9AE |X| System Storage DS8100
2422-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2423-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2423-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2423-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2423)
2423-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2423)
2423-9AE |X| System Storage DS8000
2423-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2424-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2424-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2424-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2424)
2424-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2424)
2424-9AE |X| System Storage DS 8000
2424-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2858-A10 |X| IBM 2858 N6040 Storage Controller Model A10
2858-A11 |X| IBM 2858 N6070 Storage Controller Model A11
2858-A12 |X| IBM 2858 N6060 Storage Controller Model A12
2858-A20 |X| IBM 2858 N6040 Storage Controller Model A20
2858-A21 |X| IBM 2858 N6070 Storage Controller Model A21
2858-A22 |X| IBM 2858 N6060 Storage Controller Model A22
2859-A10 |X| IBM 2859 System Storage N3300 Storage Controller Model A10
2859-A20 |X| IBM 2859 System Storage N3300 Storage Controller Model A20
2861-001 |X| IBM 2861 System Storage EXN1000 Model 001
2862-A10 |X| IBM 2862 System Storage N3600 Model A10
2862-A20 |X| IBM 2862 System Storage N3600 Model A20
2863-001 |X| IBM System Storage EXN2000
2863-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A10
2863-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A20
2864-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A10
2864-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A20
2865-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A10
2865-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A20
2866-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Models A10
2866-A11 |X| IBM System Storage N7700 Models A11
2866-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Model A20
2866-A21 |X| IBM System Storage N7700 Model A21
2866-G11 |X| IBM System Storage N7700 Model G11
2866-G21 |X| IBM System Storage N7700 Model G21
2867-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A10
2867-A11 |X| IBM System Storage N7900 Model A11
2867-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A20
2867-A21 |X| IBM System Storage N7900 Model A21
2867-G11 |X| IBM System Storage N7900 Model G11
2867-G21 |X| IBM System Storage N7900 Model G21
4939-A29 |X| IBM Flex System V7000 Expansion
4939-A49 |X| IBM Flex System V7000 Control
         | |
---------+-+--------Switch-------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1455-24E |X| IBM RACKSWITCH G8124ER
1455-24L |X| IBM RACKSWITCH G7028
1455-48E |X| IBM RACKSWITCH G8052R
1455-64C |X| IBM RACKSWITCH G8264R
1611-16E |X| IBM BNT RACKSWITCH G8316
2005-B16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2
2005-B32 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express Model
2005-B5K |X| IBM System Storage SAN32B-3
2005-B64 |X| IBM System Storage SAN64B-2 Fabric Switch
2005-H08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2005-H16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2005-R18 |X| IBM 2005 System Storage SAN18B-R Router
2026-224 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN24M-1
2026-416 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16M-2
2026-432 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-2
2026-E12 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN12M-1
2027-140 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN140M
2027-232 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-1
2027-256 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN256M
2031-216 |X| IBM 2031-216
2031-232 |X| IBM 2031-232
2032-064 |X| IBM 2032-064
2032-140 |X| IBM 2032-140
2034-212 |X| IBM 2034-212
2042-001 |X| IBM 2042-001
2042-128 |X| IBM 2042-128
2042-256 |X| IBM 2042-256
2045-N16 |X| IBM 2045-N16
2053-424 |X| Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage Switch
2053-434 |X| Cisco MDS 9134 for IBM System Storage Switch
2053-S34 |X| Cisco MDS 9134 for IBM System Storage Switch
2054-D1A |X| Cisco MDS 9216A Fabric Switch
2054-E01 |X| Cisco MDS 9222i for IBM System Storage
2054-E04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 for IBM System Storage Director
2054-E07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 for IBM System Storage Director
2054-E11 |X| Cicso MDS 9513 for IBM System Storage Director
2061-020 |X| IBM 2061-020
2061-040 |X| IBM 2061-040
2061-420 |X| Cisco MDS 9020 Fabric Switch
2062-D01 |X| IBM 2062-D01
2062-D04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 Multilayer Director
2062-D07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 Multilayer Director
2062-D1A |X| Cisco MDS 9216A Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-D1H |X| Cisco MDS 9216i Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-E11 |X| Cisco MDS 9513 Multilayer Director
2062-T04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 Multilayer Director
2062-T07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 Multilayer Director
2109-A16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-R
2109-F16 |X| IBM 2109-F16
2109-F32 |X| IBM 2109-F32
2109-M12 |X| IBM 2109-M12
2109-M14 |X| IBM 2109-M14
2109-M48 |X| IBM 2109 SAN256B Director Model M48
2498-B24 |X| IBM System Storage SAN24B-4 Express
2498-B40 |X| IBM System Storage SAN40B-4
2498-B80 |X| IBM 2498 SAN80B-4 Model B80
2498-F48 |X| IBM System Storage SAN48B-5
2498-R06 |X| IBM 2498 System Storage SAN06N-R Model R06
2499-384 |X| IBM System Storage SAN768B
2499-416 |X| IBM System Storage SAN384B-2
2499-816 |X| IBM System Storage SAN768B-2
         | |
---------+-+--------Tape---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3494-D22 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
         | |Model D22
3494-D24 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
         | |Model D24
3494-HA1 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise High Availability Frame Model
         | |HA1
3494-L22 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Library Base Frame Model
         | |L22
3572-S3H |X| TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO3 HH SAS drive
3572-S4H |X| TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO4 HH SAS drive
3572-S5H |X| TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO5 HH SAS drive
3573-L2U |X| TS3100 Tape Library Model L2U
3573-L4U |X| TS3200 Tape Library Model L4U
3576-E9U |X| IBM System Storage TS3310 Tape Library Model E9U
3576-L5B |X| IBM System Storage TS3310 Tape Library Model L5B
3577-L5U |X| IBM 3577 TS3400 Tape Library Model L5U
3580-H23 |X| IBM 3580-H23
3580-H3L |X| System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3L
3580-H3S |X| System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3S
3580-H4S |X| System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Express Model H4S
3580-L23 |X| IBM 3580-L23
3580-L33 |X| TotalStorage 3580 Tape Drive Model L33
3580-L43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model L43
3580-S43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S43
3581-F28 |X| IBM 3581-F28
3581-F38 |X| IBM 3581-F38
3581-H23 |X| IBM 3581-H23
3581-L23 |X| IBM 3581-L23
3581-L28 |X| IBM 3581-L28
3581-L38 |X| IBM 3581-L38
3582-L23 |X| IBM 3582-L23
3583-L18 |X| IBM 3583-L18
3583-L36 |X| IBM 3583-L36
3583-L72 |X| IBM 3583-L72
3584-D22 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library Model D22
3584-D23 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model D23
3584-D32 |X| IBM 3584 UltraScalable Tape Library Model D32
3584-D42 |X| IBM 3584 UltraScalable Tape Library Model D42
3584-D52 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library Model D52
3584-D53 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model D53
3584-HA1 |X| IBM TotalStorage 3584 High Availability Frame Model HA1
3584-L22 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library Model L22
3584-L23 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model L23
3584-L32 |X| IBM 3584 UltraScalable Tape Library Model L32
3584-L52 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library Model L52
3584-L53 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model L53
3584-S24 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model S24
3584-S54 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model S54
3588-F3A |X| IBM TotalStorage 3588 Ultrium Tape Drive Model F3A
3588-F3B |X| IBM System Storage TS1030 Tape Drive Model F3B
3588-F4A |X| IBM System Storage TS1040 Tape Drive Model F4A
3590-H11 |X| IBM TotalStorage 3590 Tape Drive Model H11
3590-H1A |X| IBM TotalStorage 3590 Tape Drive Model H1A
3592-C06 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1120 Tape Controller Model C06
3592-E05 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive Model E05
3592-E07 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1140 Tape Drive Model E07
3592-EU6 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1130 Tape Drive Model EU6
3592-J1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3592
3952-F05 |X| IBM 3952 Tape Frame Model F05
3954-CV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510
3954-CV6 |X| IBM Virtualization Server TS7520 Server
3954-CV7 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7530 Server
3955-SV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SV5
3955-SV6 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7520 Cache Controller
3955-SX5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SX5
3955-SX6 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7520 Cache Drawer
3958-AP1 |X| IBM System Storage TS7650 ProtecTIER De-duplication
         | |Appliance (3958-AP1)
3958-DD3 |X| IBM 3958 Model DD3 TS7650G ProtecTIER De-duplication
         | |Gateway
7205-550 |X| IBM 7205-550
7206-220 |X| IBM 7206-220
7206-336 |X| IBM 7206-336
7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206-VX2
7206-VX3 |X| IBM 7206-VX3
7212-312 |X| IBM 7212-312
7214-1U2 |X| IBM System Storage 7214 Tape and DVD Enclosure Express
7214-TT2 |X| IBM System Storage 7214 Tape and DVD Table-top Enclosure
         | |(Model TT2)
7226-1U3 |X| IBM 7226-1U3
7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220

Model conversions

   From       To
Type Model Type Model
---- ----- ---- -----
8203  E4A  8202  E4D

Feature Conversions

The existing components being replaced during a model or feature conversion become the property of IBM and must be returned.

Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features.

The following conversions are available to customers:

Feature conversions for 8202-E4D adapters features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
2054 - PCIe RAID & SSD SAS   2055 - PCIe RAID & SSD SAS   No
Adapter 3Gb                  Adapter 3Gb w/ Blind Swap
                             Cassette
4807 - PCIe Crypto           4808 - PCIe Crypto           No
Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001  Coprocessor Gen3 BSC
                             4765-001

Feature conversions for 8202-E4D rack related features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
6246 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit    6263 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit    No
6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit    6272 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit    No

Feature conversions for 8202-E4D virtualization engine features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
5225 - PowerVM Express       5227 - PowerVM Standard      No
Edition                      Edition
5225 - PowerVM Express       5228 - PowerVM Enterprise    No
Edition                      Edition
5227 - PowerVM Standard      5228 - PowerVM Enterprise    No
Edition                      Edition

Feature conversions for 8203-E4A to 8202-E4D adapters features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
4807 - PCIe Crypto           4808 - PCIe Crypto           No
Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001  Coprocessor Gen3 BSC
                             4765-001
5903 - PCIe 380MB Cache      5805 - PCIe 380MB Cache      No
Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID       Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID
Adapter                      Adapter
5904 - PCI-X DDR 1.5GB       5908 - PCI-X DDR 1.5GB       No
Cache SAS RAID Adapter       Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)

Feature conversions for 8203-E4A to 8202-E4D processor features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
5577 - 2-core 4.7 GHz        EPCL - 6-core 3.6 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 4     POWER7+ Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5587 - 4-core 4.7 GHz        EPCL - 6-core 3.6 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 8     POWER7+ Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5634 - 2-core 4.2 GHz        EPCL - 6-core 3.6 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 4     POWER7+ Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5635 - 4-core 4.2 GHz        EPCL - 6-core 3.6 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 8     POWER7+ Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5577 - 2-core 4.7 GHz        EPCM - 8-core 3.6 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 4     POWER7+ Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5587 - 4-core 4.7 GHz        EPCM - 8-core 3.6 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 8     POWER7+ Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5634 - 2-core 4.2 GHz        EPCM - 8-core 3.6 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 4     POWER7+ Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5635 - 4-core 4.2 GHz        EPCM - 8-core 3.6 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 8     POWER7+ Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots

Feature conversions for 8203-E4A to 8202-E4D rack related features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
6246 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit    6263 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit    No

Feature conversions for 8203-E4A to 8202-E4D virtualization engine features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
7983 - PowerVM Express       5225 - PowerVM Express       No
                             Edition
8506 - PowerVM Standard      5227 - PowerVM Standard      No
                             Edition
8507 - PowerVM Enterprise    5228 - PowerVM Enterprise    No
                             Edition

Feature conversions for 8202-E4D solid state drive features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
ES0A - 387GB SFF-1 SSD for   EH14 - GEN2-S Conversion     No
AIX/Linux with eMLC          Carrier for Feature ES0C
                             387GB SSD
ES0B - 387GB SFF-1 SSD for   EH16 - GEN2-S Conversion     No
IBM i with eMLC              Carrier for Feature ES0D
                             387GB SSD (IBM i)


Back to topBack to top

Technical description

Top rule

Physical specifications Physical specifications Hardware requirements Hardware requirements
Operating environment Operating environment Software requirements Software requirements
Limitations Limitations


Physical specifications

Rack-mount:
  Width: 440 mm (17.3 in)
  Depth: 610 mm (24.0 in)
  Height: 173 mm (6.81 in)
  Weight: 48.7 kg (107.4 lb)
 
Tower:
  Width without tip plate:  183 mm (7.2 in)
  Width with tip plate:  328.5 mm (12.9 in)
  Depth :  688 mm (27.1 in)
  Height:  541 mm (21.3 in)
  Weight without tip plate: 53.7 kg (118.1 lb)
  Weight with tip plate: 57.2 kg (125.8 lb)

To assure installability and serviceability in non-IBM industry-standard racks, review the installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating environment

Operating environment system exception with the 1.5 TB/3.0 TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive (#5638)

  • Temperature (operating) 10 to 25 degrees C (50 to 95 F); allowable operating temperature 10 to 40 degrees C (50 to 104 F)
  • Relative humidity: Nonoperating 10% to 80% noncondensing
  • Maximum altitude: 3,048 m (10,000 ft)

System environment limits without the 1.5 TB/3.0 TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive (#5638)

  • Temperature: (nonoperating) 5 to 45 degrees C (41 to 113 F); recommended temperature (operating) 18 to 27 degrees C (64 to 80 F); allowable operating temperature 5 to 35 degrees C (41 to 95 F) =
  • Relative humidity: Nonoperating 8% to 80%; recommended 5.5 degrees C (42 F) dew point to 60% RH and 15 degrees C (59 F) dew point
  • Maximum dew point: 28 degrees C (84 F)(operating)
  • Operating voltage: 100 to 127 or 200 to 208 or 220 to 240 V ac
  • Operating frequency: 47/63 Hz
  • Maximum measured power consumption: 995 watts (maximum)
  • Power factor: 0.98
  • Thermal output: 3,395 Btu/hour (maximum)
  • Power-source loading
    • 1.015 kVa (maximum configuration)
    • Maximum altitude: 3,050 m (10,000 ft)

    Note: The maximum measured value is the worst case power consumption expected from a fully populated server under an intensive workload. The maximum measured value also accounts for component tolerance and non-ideal operating conditions. Power consumption and heat load vary greatly by server configuration and utilization. The IBM Systems Energy Estimator should be used to obtain a heat output estimate based on a specific configuration
    http://www-912.ibm.com/see/EnergyEstimator

Noise level and sound power

  • Tower system: 5.6 Bels operating; 5.5 Bels idling
  • Rack-mount system: 5.6 Bels operating; 5.5 Bels idling

EMC conformance classification:

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • US: FCC Class A
  • Europe: CISPR 22 Class A
  • Japan: VCCI-A
  • Korea: Korean Requirement Class A
  • China: People's Republic of China commodity inspection law Class A

Homologation -- Telecom environmental testing (Safety and EMC):

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude, France. This Power Systems model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country telecom and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the UK Telecom regulatory authority.

This product is not certified for connection by any means whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions.

Product safety/Country testing/Certification

  • UL 60950 Underwriters Laboratory, Safety Information
  • CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00, Canadian Standards Association
  • EN60950 European Norm
  • IEC 60950, Edition 1, International Electrotechnical Commission, Safety Information
  • Nordic deviations to IEC 60950-1 1st Edition

General requirements:

The product is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Homologation

This product is not certified for direct connection by any means whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions.

Limitations

System

  • Integrated system ports are not supported under AIX or Linux when the HMC ports are connected to an HMC. Either the HMC ports or the integrated system ports can be used, but not both. IBM i can continue to use a system port for communication to a UPS, even with an HMC attached.
  • The integrated system ports are supported for modem and asynch terminal connections by AIX or Linux. Any other application using serial ports requires a serial port adapter to be installed in a PCI slot. The integrated system ports do not support HACMP configurations. IBM i only supports the use of the system ports for attachment to a UPS.

Hardware Management Console (HMC) machine code

An HMC or IVM is required to manage the Power 720 (8202-E4D) implementing partitioning. Multiple POWER7+ processor-based servers can be supported by a single HMC.

If an HMC is used to manage the Power 720, the HMC must be a rack-mount HMC model CR3, or later, or deskside HMC model C05, or later.

If attaching an HMC to a new server or adding function to an existing server that requires a firmware update, the HMC machine code may need to be updated. Machine code includes firmware and microcode. Access to machine code updates is conditioned on entitlement and license validation in accordance with IBM policy and practice. IBM may verify entitlement through customer number, serial number, electronic restrictions, or any other means or methods employed by IBM in its discretion.

To determine the HMC machine code level required for the firmware level on any server, go to the following web page to access the Fix Level Recommendation Tool (FLRT) on or after the planned availability date for this product. FLRT will identify the correct HMC machine code for the selected system firmware level

https://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/hmc/home.html

If a single HMC is attached to multiple servers, the HMC machine code level must be updated to the server with the most recent firmware level. All prior levels of server firmware are supported with the latest HMC machine code level.

When IBM Systems Director is used to manage an HMC or if the HMC manages more than 254 partitions, the HMC should have 3 GB of RAM minimum and be CR3 model, or later, rack-mount or C06, or later, deskside.

The HMC Release 7.7.0 Service Pack 1 contains support for managing IBM Power 710, 720, 730, 740, and IBM PowerLinux 7R1/7R2 systems.

The HMC 7.7.0 (SP1) contains the following:

  • Support for managing IBM Power 750 and 760
  • Support for PowerVM functions such as new HMC GUI interface for VIOS install
  • Improved transition from IVM to HMC management
  • Support for 802.1 Qbg on virtual Ethernet adapters
  • Ability to update the user's password in Kerberos from the HMC for clients utilizing remote HMC

Boot requirements

  • Selection of feature 0837 will indicate boot from SAN.
  • If IBM i (#2145) is selected as the primary operating system and SAN boot is not selected (#0837), one of the following Load/Source specify codes must be specified:
    • #0722 -- #1787 (177 GB SFF SSD) Load Source Specify
    • #0724 -- #1996 (177 GB 1.8" SSD) Load Source Specify
    • #0726 -- Remote Load Source Specify in #5802/#5803
    • #0727 -- Remote Load Source Specify in #5886
    • #0728 -- Remote Load Source Specify in #5887
    • #0729 -- Remote Load Source Specify in #5888
    • #0838 -- #3676 (69.7 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify (supported)
    • #0839 -- #3677 (139.5 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0840 -- #3678 (283.7 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0844 -- #3658 (428 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0851 -- #1884 (69.7 GB 15K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0853 -- #1888 (139.5 GB 15K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0855 -- #3586 (69 GB SSD) Load Source Specify
    • #0856 -- #1911 (283 GB 10K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0857 -- #1916 (571 GB 10K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0870 -- #1879 (283 GB 15K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0871 -- #1947 (139 GB 15K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0872 -- #1948 (283 GB 15K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0874 -- #1956 (283 GB 10K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0875 -- #1962 (571 GB 10K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0876 -- #1794 (177 GB SFF SSD) Load Source Specify
    • #0879 -- #1737 (856 GB 10K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0880 -- #1738 (856 GB 10K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0893 -- #ES0B (387 GB SFF SSD) Load Source Specify
    • #0894 -- #ES0D (387 GB SFF SSD) Load Source Specify
  • If IBM i (#2145) is selected and the load source disk unit is not in the CEC (system unit), one of the following specify codes must also be selected:
    • #0726 -- Remote Load Source in #5802 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF Disk
    • #0727 -- Remote Load Source in #5886 EXP12S Expansion Drawer
    • #0728 -- Remote Load Source in #5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawer
    • #0729 -- Remote Load Source Specify in #EDR1 EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer
    • #0837 -- SAN Load Source Specify (Boot from SAN)
  • If IBM i (#2145) is selected, one of the following system console specify codes must be selected:
    • #5550 -- System Console on HMC
    • #5557 -- System Console - Internal LAN

Processor modules

  • A minimum of one processor module is required on an order with four, six, or eight processor cores on the processor module. A maximum of one processor module is allowed on an order.
  • All processor cores must be activated.
    • The 4-core 3.6 GHz processor module (#EPCK) requires that four processor activation codes be ordered. A maximum of four processor activation code features (4 x #EPDK, or 2 x #EPDK and 2 x #EPEK) is allowed per processor module.
    • The 6-core 3.6 GHz processor module (#EPCL) requires that six processor activation codes be ordered. A maximum of six processor activation code features (6 x #EPDL, or 3 x #EPDL and 3 x #EPEL) are allowed per processor module.
    • The 8-core 3.6 GHz processor module (#EPCM) requires that eight processor activation codes be ordered. A maximum of eight processor activation code features (8 x #EPDM, or 4 x #EPDM and 4 x #EPEM) are allowed per processor module.

Power supply

  • The base machine contains one 1725 watt ac power supply.
  • A second 1925 watt ac power supply (#5532) is available for redundant power and hot-swap.

Redundant fans

  • Redundant fans standard

Power cords

One power cord is required for each power supply installed in the system. A maximum of 2 x feature 6665 is allowed on the system unless a valid I/O drawer or tower is attached to the system.

The Power 720 supports 110-127 V ac and 200-240 V ac.

System memory

  • A minimum 8 GB or two DIMMs of memory is required on the Power 720 system.
  • A system with the 4-core processor module (#EPCK) does not support the 32 GB memory feature EM4C or 64 GB memory feature EM4D. Maximum system memory with feature EPCK is 32 GB without feature EM01 and 64 GB with feature EM01.
  • The base machine contains one nonfeaturized memory riser card with eight DIMM sockets. Memory features consume two memory DIMM sockets.
  • An optional memory riser card feature (#EM01) with an additional eight DIMM sockets is available. Maximum system memory is 256 GB without feature EM01 and 512 GB with feature EM01.
  • A system can be ordered with a single memory feature.
  • It is generally recommended that memory be installed evenly across all memory riser cards in the system. Balancing memory across the installed memory riser cards allows memory access in a consistent manner and typically results in the best possible performance for your configuration. However, balancing memory fairly evenly across multiple memory riser cards, compared to balancing memory exactly evenly, typically has a very small performance difference.

Plans for future memory upgrades should be taken into account when deciding which memory feature size to use at the time of initial system order.

Figure 1.                     Memory features
 
                          Feature     Minimum    Maximum
Feature                   number      quantity   quantity
 
8 GB 1066 MHz             EM08           0          8
  (2 x 4 GB RDIMMs)
 
16 GB 1066 MHz            EM4B           0          8
  (2 x 8 GB RDIMMs)
 
32 GB 1066 MHz            EM4C           0          8
 (2 x 16 GB RDIMMs)
 
64 GB 1066 MHz            EM4D           0          8
 (2 x 32 GB RDIMMs)

Drawer/Tower attachment:

  • 7314-G30 (#5796) PCIX Expansion Drawer (supported -- not orderable)
    • A maximum of four drawers is allowed per GX++ adapter (#EJ04 or follow-ons) or per 12X loop.
    • A maximum of one GX++ adapter is allowed on the Power 720.
    • The system maximum is 4.
    • The PCIX Expansion Drawer is not supported on a 4-core system (#EPCK).
  • Feature number 5886 EXP12S SAS HDD or SSD Expansion Drawer (supported -- not orderable)
    • Feature number EJ01 supports one feature number 5886 drawer directly off the system unit's SAS port.
    • EXP12S drawers are attached to a PCI-X or PCIe SAS adapter via SAS cables.
    • The system maximum is 28.
    • Feature 5886 is not supported on a 4-core system (#EPCK).
  • Feature number 5887 EXP24S SAS HDD or SSD Expansion Drawer
    • Feature number EJ01 supports one feature number 5887 drawer directly off the system unit's SAS port.
    • EXP24S drawers are attached to a PCI-X or PCIe SAS adapter via SAS cables.
    • The system maximum is 14.
    • Feature 5887 is not orderable on a 4-core system (#EPCK).
  • Feature number 5802 12X I/O Drawer PCIe SFF Disk and feature number 5877 12X I/O Drawer PCIe No Disks
    • A maximum of two per 12X loop is allowed.
    • A maximum of two is supported on the Power 720.
    • No mixing of features 5802 and 5877 is allowed with other drawers on the same loop.
    • Features 5802 and 5877 are not orderable on a 4-core system (#EPCK).
  • Feature number EDR1 EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer
    • EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer is attached to a PCIe SAS adapter (#EJ03) via PCIe x8 Cable (example: #EN05 or #EN07).
    • The system maximum is two with AIX or Linux.
    • The system maximum is one with IBM i.
  • Feature number EDR1 EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer
    • EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer is attached to a PCIe SAS adapter (#EJ03) via PCIe x8 Cable (example: #EN05 or #EN07).
    • Feature EDR1 is not orderable on a 4-core system (#EPCK).
    • The system maximum is two.

The following list shows I/O drawers that are supported or available on the 8202 machine type and the correct interface to use for each of the drawers.

                                          Order
Feature description                       status     Interface
--------------------------------------    ---------  --------
5796    PCI-X DDR 12X Exp Drawer          Supported  12X
5802    PCIe 12X I/O Drawer (W/Disk Bays) Available  12X
5877    PCIe 12X I/O Drawer (No Disk Bays)Available  12X
5886    EXP12S SAS DASD Drawer            Supported  SAS
5887    EXP24S SAS DASD Drawer            Available  SAS
EDR1    EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer        Available  SAS
7214-1U2 Tape and DVD Enclosure           Supported  SAS/USB
7216-1U2 Tape and DVD Enclosure           Available  SAS
7314-G30 PCI-X DDR 12X I/O Drawer         Supported  12X

Maximum number of attached I/O drawers per system:

              Power 720
Feature   (6-core or 8-core)
-------    -----------------
      O/S  AIX  Linux  IBM i
 
5796        4     4      4
5802        2     2      2
5877        2     2      2
5886       28    28     28
5887       14    14     14
EDR1        2     2      1
7214-1U2    6     6      6
7216-1U2    6     6      6
7314-G30    4     4      4

PCI card slots

The Power 720 (8202-E4D) contains five full-height, short, 8x, PCIe slots. An optional PCIe Adapter Riser Card feature 5685 adds four short, 8x, PCIe Low Profile slots. One GX++ slot is available. When feature 5685 is installed in the system, the GX++ slot is unavailable. Feature EJ04 can be installed in the GX++ slot. Feature number 5899 is required in the 8202-E4D minimum configuration.
Note: Optional 12X GX++ adapter is used for attaching I/O expansion drawers with PCI slots and, optionally, disk/SSD bays.
Note: Full-height PCIe adapters and low-profile PCIe adapters are not interchangeable. Even if the card was designed with low-profile dimensions, the tail stock at the end of the adapter is specific to either low-profile or full-height PCIe slots.

Graphics adapters

  • A graphics adapter, keyboard, and mouse are not required in the minimum configuration.
  • The maximum number of graphics adapters supported in the Power 720 CEC is five. Not supported under IBM i.

I/O adapters

  • PCIe2 4-port 1 GbE Adapter (#5899) is in the 8202-E4D minimum configuration.
  • All low-profile adapters can be installed in the PCIe Adapter Riser Card (#5685).
  • Refer to Figure 2 for additional I/O adapter information.
Figure 2.  I/O adapter features
 
                                   Orderable Supported CEC Sys
                                   feature   feature   Max Max
I/O adapter                        number    number    qty qty  Size
 -----------                       --------- --------- --- ---  -----
 PCIe LP RAID & SSD SAS A          2053                 2   2   Short
 PCIe RAID & SSD SAS               2054                 2   2   Short
 PCIe RAID & SSD SAS w/ BSC        2055                 0  10   Short
 4-port USB PCIe                   2728                 5   8   Short
 2-port USB PCI                              2738       0  24   Short
 8-port Asynchronous EIA-232                 2943       0  24   Short
 4-port ARTIC960Hx                           2947       0  24   Long
 2-port Multiprotocol                        2962       0  24   Short
 GXT135P Graphics Accelerator                2849/1980  0   8   Short
 PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem           2893                 5  25   Short
 PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM       2894                 5  25   Short
 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor             4764       0  24   Long
 PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC    4807                 2   2   Short
 PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC  4808                 0   8   Short
 PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter      5260                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Acc 5269                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter  5270                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-T 5271                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 10GbE CX4 1-port Adapter  5272                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel  5273                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter    5274                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 10GbE SR 1-port Adapter   5275                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel  5276                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adap 5277                 4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 2-x4-port SAS Adapter 3Gb 5278                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 LP 4-port 1/10GbE SFP+      5279                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 LP 4-port 1/10GbE SR        5280                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 LP 2-port 1GbE              5281                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 LP PCIe2 2-port 4X IB QDR   5283                 2   2   LP
 PCIe2 LP PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR    5284                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 PCIe2 2-port 4X IB QDR      5285                 2   2   Short
 PCIe2 LP PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE SFP   5286                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR             5287                 5   5   Short
 PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFP+           5288                 5   5   Short
 PCIe2 2-Port Async EIA 232        5289                 2  12   Short
 PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA 232      5290                 2   2   LP
 Gigabit Ethernet                            5700/1978  0  24   Short
 10/100/1000 Ethernet                        5701/1979  0  24   Short
 2-port 10/100/1000 Ethernet       5706      1983       0  24   Short
 10 Gigabit FCoE PCIe Dual Port    5708                 5  25   Short
 ISCI TOE Gb Ethernet (Copper)     5713           1986  0  24   Short
 ISCI TOE Gb Ethernet (Fiber)                5714/1987  0  24   Short
 2 Gb Fibre Channel PCI-X                    5716/1977  0  24   Short
 4-port 1 Gb Ethernet PCI-e 4x     5717                 5  25   Short
 10 Gb Ethernet - Short Reach                5721       0  24   Short
 10 Gb Ethernet - Long Reach                 5722       0  24   Short
 2-port Asynchronous EIA-232                 5723       0  24   Short
 PCIe2 8x 4-port Fibre Channel     5729                 5   5   Short
 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Exp.  5732                 5  25   Short
 8 Gb Dual-port Fibre Channel      5735                 5  25   Short
 PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI DDR           5736      1912       0  24   Short
 4-port 10/100/1000 Ethernet                 5740/1954  0  24   Short
 PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE/1GbE SR&RJ4    5744                 5   5   Short
 PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE/1GbE SFP+Cop   5745                 5   5   Short
 GXT145 PCIe Graphics Accelerator  5748                 5   8   Short
 2-port 4 Gbps Fibre Channel       5749                 0  24   Short
 1-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel                   5758/1905  0  24   Short
 2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel         5759      1910       0  24   Short
 2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (UTP) PCIe   5767                 5  25   Short
 2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (Fiber) PCIe 5768                 5  25   Short
 10 Gb Ethernet-SR                 5769                 5  25   Short
 10 Gb Ethernet-LR                 5772                 5  25   Short
 1-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel                   5773       5  25   Short
 2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel         5774                 5  25   Short
 4-port Asynch EIA-232 PCIe        5785                 5  25   Short
 PCIe 380MB Cache Dual SAS RAID    5805                 5  25   Short
 PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter         5899                 6  26   Short
 SAS Controller PCI-X 2.0                    5900       0  24   Short
 PCIe Dual-x4 SAS                  5901                 5  25   Short
 PCI-X DDR Dual-x4 SAS RAID                  5902       0  24   Long
 PCI-X DDR SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)  5908                 0   8   Long
 PCI-X DDR Dual-x4 SAS             5912                 0  24   Short
 PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS        5913                 2  18   Short
 PCI 2-line WAN IOA, no IOP                  6805       0  24   Short
 PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA, no IOP                 6808       0  24   Short
 PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA, no IOP, CIM            6809       0  24   Short
 PCI 2-line WAN w/Modem, no IOP              6833       0  24   Short
 PCI 2-line WAN w/Modem, no IOP, CIM         6834       0  24   Short
 PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+   EC27                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+      EC28                 5   5   Short
 PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR     EC29                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR        EC30                 5   5   Short
 GX++ 2-port PCIe2 x8 Adapter      EJ03                 1   1   GX++
 GX++ Dual-port 12x Chan Attach    EJ04                 1   1   GX++
 PCIe2 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel   EN0A                 5   5   Short
 PCIe2 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre ChannelEN0B                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE)   EN0H                 5   5   Short
 PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb FCoE&1GbE)  EN0J                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel EN0Y                 4   4   LP
 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter Dual-port  ESA1                 2  22   Short
 PCIe2 LP RAID SAS 2-port 6Gb      ESA2                 2   2   LP
 

Note: All low-profile (LP) adapter cards require feature number 5685.

Storage devices/bays

  • The Power 720 has a slim media bay that can contain an optional DVD-ROM (#5743, or follow-on) or DVD-RAM (#5762, #5771, or follow-on) and a half-high bay that can contain a tape drive or removable disk drive.
  • Either feature number 5618 or EJ01 must be selected.
    • Feature number 5618 supports six small form-factor (SFF) disk units, either HDD or SSD. Split (3x3) drive bays supported with feature EJ02. No RAID 5/6 support. No IBM i support.
    • Feature number EJ01 supports eight SFF disk units, either HDD or SSD. RAID 5 or RAID 6 support. No split backplane.
    • A valid orderable HDD or SSD is required in a minimum configuration. (No HDDs/SSDs are required in the CEC if feature number 0837 is selected).
    • If tape device feature 5619, 5638, 5746, or 5661 is installed in the half-high media bay, feature 3656 must be selected.
    • Disk units can be placed in any slot at any time with or without a split backplane.
    • A half-high tape feature and a feature 1103 Removable USB Disk Drive Docking Station are mutually exclusive. One or the other can be in the half-high bay in the system but not both. Feature 3656 is not required with feature 1103.
  • Split storage backplane drive bay support requirements:
    • Storage backplane feature 5618 with feature EJ02 supports 3 x 3 split drive bays.
  • SAS-bay-based SSDs support restrictions:
    • SFF features ES0A, ES0B, 1775, 1787, 1890, and 1909 are supported in the Power 720 CEC.
    • 3.5-inch features 3586 and 3587 are not supported in the Power 720 CEC.
    • SSDs and HDDs are not allowed to mirror each other.
    • SSDs are not supported by features 5278, 5900, 5901, 5902, and 5912.
    • When an SSD is placed in feature EJ01, no feature 5886 or 5887 DASD drawer is allowed to connect to the system's external SAS port.
    • When an SSD is placed in a feature 5886 or 5887 DASD drawer, the drawer is not allowed to connect to the system's external SAS port.
    • A maximum of eight per feature 5886 drawer is allowed. No mixing of SSDs and HDDs is allowed in a feature 5886. A maximum of one feature 5886 EXP12S drawer containing SSDs attached to a single controller or pair of controllers is allowed. A feature 5886 containing SSD drives cannot be connected to other feature 5886's. A feature 5886 containing SSD drives cannot be attached to the CEC external SAS port on the Power 720.
    • In a Power 720 with a split backplane, SSDs and HDDs may be placed in either "split," but no mixing of SSDs and HDDs within a split is allowed. IBM i does not support split backplane.
    • In a Power 720 without a split backplane, SSDs and HDDs may be mixed in any combination. However, they cannot be in the same RAID array.
  • HDD/SSD Data Protection -- if IBM i (#2145) is selected, one of the following is required:
    • Disk mirroring (default) -- requires feature 0040, 0043, or 0308
    • SAN boot (#0837)
    • RAID -- requires feature EJ01
    • Mixed Data Protection (#0296)
Figure 3. Storage device features
                                               Orderable Supported
                         Maximum               feature   feature
Device                   quantity   Bay        number    number
-------------            --------   ---------  ------    ------
DVD-ROM (SATA)               1      Slim                 5743
DVD-RAM (SATA)               1      Slim                 5762
DVD-RAM (SATA)               1      Slim        5771
 
 80GB/160GB DAT160 Tape-SAS  1      Half high   5619
 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 Tape-SAS  1      Half high   5638
 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 Tape-SAS   1      Half high            5746
 DAT320 160/320GB Tape-SAS   1      Half high            5661
Internal Docking Station
   for Removable Disk Drive  1      Half high            1103
External Docking Station
   for Removable Disk Drive  1      USB Port             1104
RDX USB Internal Docking
   Station for Removable
   Disk Cartridge            1      Half high   EU03
RDX USB External Docking
   Station for Removable
   Disk Cartridge           11      USB port    EU04
RDX SATA Internal Docking
   Station for Removable
   Disk Cartridge            1      Half high   EU07
2.5/6TB LTO-6 Tape Drive     1      Half high   EU11
 
                                                 Orderable Supported
                       Maximum                    feature   feature
 Device                quantity         Bay       number    number
 ------           ---------------  --------------- ------    ------
                  AIX IBM i Linux
 
856 GB 10K,        0    44      0  SFF 1-8           1737
   SAS, SFF                        36 in 2 x #5802
856 GB 10K,        0   336      0  336 in 14 x #5887 1738
   SAS, SFF, GEN2
900 GB 10K,        44    0     44  SFF 1-8,          1751
   SAS, SFF                        36 in 2 x #5802
900 GB 10K,       336    0    336  336 in 14 x #5887 1752
   SAS, SFF, GEN2
177 GB SAS SFF,    44    0     44  SFF 1-8,          1775
   SSD                             36 in 2 x #5802
177 GB SAS SFF,     0   44      0  SFF 1-8,          1787
   SSD                             36 in 2 x #5802
600 GB 10K,        44    0     44  SFF 1-8,          1790
   SAS, SFF                        36 in 2 x #5802
177 GB SAS SFF,   336    0    336  336 in 14 x #5887 1793
   SSD, GEN2
177 GB SAS SFF,     0  336      0  336 in 14 x #5887 1794
  SSD, GEN2
283 GB 10K,         0   44      0  SFF 1-8           1879
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
300 GB 10K,        44    0     44  SFF 1-8,          1880
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
146.8 GB 15K,      44    0     44  SFF 1-8,                    1882
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5887
73.4 GB 15K,       44    0     44  SFF 1-8,                    1883
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
69.7 GB 15K,        0   44      0  SFF 1-8,                    1884
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
300 GB 10K,        44    0     44  SFF 1-8,          1885
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
146.8 GB 15K,      44    0     44  SFF 1-8,          1886
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
139.5 GB 15K,       0   44      0  SFF 1-8,          1888
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
283 GB 10K          0   44      0  SFF 1-8,          1911
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
571 GB 10K,         0   44      0  SFF 1-8,          1916
  SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
146.8 GB, 15K,    336    0    336  336 in 14 x #5887 1917
  SAS, SFF, GEN2
300 GB 10K,       336    0    336  336 in 14 x #5887 1925
  SAS, SFF, GEN2
139 GB 15K,         0  336      0  336 in 14 x #5887 1947
  SAS, SFF, GEN2
283 GB 15K,         0  336      0  336 in 14 x #5887 1948
  SAS, SFF, GEN2
300 GB 15K,       336    0    336  336 in 14 x #5887 1953
  SAS, SFF, GEN2
283 GB 10K,         0  336      0  336 in 14 x #5887 1956
  SAS, SFF, GEN2
571 GB 10K,         0  336      0  336 in 14 x #5887 1962
  SAS, SFF, GEN2
600 GB 10K,       336    0    336  336 in 14 x #5887 1964
  SAS, SFF, GEN2
69 GB SAS, SFF,    48    0     48  2 per #2053,      1995
  SDD                              #2054, #2055
69 GB SAS, SFF,     0   48      0  2 per #2053,      1996
  SDD                              #2054, #2055
69 GB SAS, 3.5",  224    0    224                              3586
  Solid-state                      224 in 28 x #5886
69 GB SAS, 3.5",    0  224      0                              3587
  Solid-state                      224 in 28 x #5886
387 GB SAS SSD     60    0     60  Maximum 60 in 2   ES01
   for #EDR1                       x #EDR1
387 GB SAS SSD      0   30      0  Maximum 30 in 1   ES04
   for #EDR1                       x #EDR1
387 GB SAS SFF,    44    0     44  SFF 1-8,          ES0A
   SSD                             36 in 2 x #5802
387 GB SAS SFF,     0   44      0  SFF 1-8,          ES0B
   SSD                             36 in 2 x #5802
387 GB SAS SFF,   336    0    336  336 in 14 x #5887 ES0C
   SSD, GEN2
387 GB SAS SFF,     0  336      0  336 in 14 x #5887 ES0D
   SSD, GEN2
6 x #ES02          10    0     10  Maximum 60 in 2   ESR2
                                   x #EDR1
6 x #ES04           0    5      0  Maximum 30 in 1   ESR4
                                   x #EDR1
4 x #ES0A           1    0      1  4 in SFF 1-8      ESRA
                                   or in 2 x #5802
4 x #ES0B           0    1      0  4 in SFF 1-8      ESRB
                                   or in 2 x #5802
4 x #ES0C           1    0      1  4 in 14 x #5887   ESRC
4 x #ES0D           0    1      0  4 in 14 x #5887   ESRD
  • Eight HDD or SSD drives maximum can be installed internally.
  • A maximum of 336 Gen2 HDDs or SSDs can be installed in 14 x feature 5887.
  • A maximum of 36 HDDs or SSDs can be installed in 2 x feature 5802.
  • Feature 3586 and 3587 cannot be installed internally. Eight of feature 3586 or 3587 can be placed in each feature 5886.
  • Maximum of ESRA+ESRB+ESRC+ESRD is 1.
                                                 Orderable Supported
                     Maximum                     feature   feature
Device               quantity          Bay       number    number
----------------   ---------------   ----------  --------- ---------
                   AIX IBM i Linux
73.4 GB 15K RPM,   336    0    336   28 x #5886            3646
  SAS
146.8 GB 15K RPM,  336    0    336   28 x #5886            3647
  SAS
300 GB 15K RPM,    336    0    336   28 x #5886            3648
  SAS
450 GB 15K RPM,    336    0    336   28 x #5886            3649
  SAS
69.8 GB 15K RPM,     0  336      0   28 x #5886            3676
  SAS
139.6 GB 15K RPM,    0  336      0   28 x #5886            3677
  SAS
283.8 GB 15K RPM,    0  336      0   28 x #5886            3678
  SAS
428.4 GB 15K RPM,    0  336      0   28 x #5886            3658
  SAS

Note: 3.5-inch DASD is not supported in the 8202-E4D CEC.

Hardware requirements

Power 720 minimum system configuration:

The Power 720 offers 4-, 6-, and 8-core configurations with one processor module. The system can contain up to 512 GB of system memory (256 GB maximum per memory riser card), six PCIe adapters in the base system with an additional four PCIe Low Profile adapters possible with the optional PCIe adapter riser card, and multiple media devices, as desired. This flexibility is made available through the many optional features for the Power 720.

Each Power 720 initial order must include a minimum of the following items:

  • One system central electronics complex (CEC) enclosure with the following items:
    • One power cord (#6458, #6460, #6469-#6478, #6488-#6489, #6491-#6494, #6496, #6577, #6580, #6651, #6653-#6660, #6665, #6669, #6671, #6672, or #6680)
    • One Language Group, Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
  • Choose one processor module from:
    • 4-core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ processor module (#EPCK)
    • 6-core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ processor module (#EPCL)
    • 8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ processor module (#EPCM)
  • Choose processor activations from:
    • 4 x #EPDK, or 2 x #EPDK and 2 x #EPEK with processor module #EPCK
    • 6 x #EPDL, or 3 x #EPDL and 3 x #EPEL with processor module #EPCL
    • 8 x #EPDM, or 4 x #EPDM and 4 x #EPEM with processor module #EPCM
    • Features EPEK, EPEL, and EPEM are part of IBM Editions.
    • Processor activations are only available to SDIs as MES orders.
  • Choose 8 GB minimum memory from:
    • 8 GB (2 x 4 GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, DDR3 (#EM08)
    • 16 GB (2 x 8 GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, DDR3 (#EM4B)
    • 32 GB (2 x 16 GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, DDR3 (#EM4C)
    • 64 GB (2 x 32 GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, DDR3 (#EM4D)
      Note: 32 GB memory feature EM4C and 64 GB memory feature EM4D are not orderable with 4-core processor module feature EPCK.
  • Choose storage backplane from:
    • 6 x SFF HDD or SSD/SATA DVD/Media backplane (#5618)
    • 8 x SFF HDD or SSD/SATA DVD/Media backplane with Dual Write Cache RAID, and an external SAS port (#EJ01)
  • One PCIe2 4-port 1 GbE Adapter (#5899)
    Note: Takes up one PCIe slot.
  • Choose HDD/SSD from any orderable SFF HDD or SSD:
    • Default is 146.8 GB SAS SFF HDD 15,000 RPM (#1886)
    • Features 1995 and 1996 require feature 2053, 2054, or 2055.
    • When feature 2145, the IBM i operating system, is selected, a minimum of two HDDs or SSDs is required.
    • No internal HDD or SSD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. In this case, a Fibre Channel or Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapter must also be ordered.
  • One 1925 watt ac power supply (#5532)
  • Choose cover set from:
    • IBM Tower cover set (#7567)
    • OEM Tower cover set (#7568)
    • IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7134)
    • OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7135)
  • Choose Primary Operating System Indicator from:
    • IBM i (#2145 -- requires #0566 or #0567, and #0040)
    • AIX (#2146)
    • Linux (#2147)

Note: One nonfeaturized memory riser card is included in the base system. A second memory riser card feature (#EM01) can be ordered.

RAID

Multiple protection options exist for HDD/SSD drives in the SAS SFF bays in the Power 720 system unit or drives in 12X attached I/O drawers or drives in disk-only I/O drawers. Although protecting drives is always recommended, AIX/Linux users may choose to leave some or all drives unprotected at their own risk and IBM supports these configurations. IBM i configuration rules differ in this regard, and IBM supports IBM i partition configurations only when HDD/SSD drives are protected.

This HDD/SSD drive protection can be provided by AIX/IBM i/Linux software or by the HDD/SSD hardware controllers. Mirroring of drives is provided by AIX/IBM i/Linux software. In addition, AIX/Linux supports controllers providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10. IBM i integrated storage management already provides striping, so IBM i also supports controllers providing RAID 5 or 6. To further augment HDD/SSD protection, hot spare capability can be used for protected drives. Specific hot spare prerequisites apply.

An integrated SAS HDD/SSD controller is provided in the Power 720 system unit and is indicated by feature 5618 and provides support for JBOD and RAID 0, 1, and 10. Feature 5618 is optionally augmented by the ability to split the drive bays into two groups when feature EJ02 is added to the configuration. For even more function, feature EJ01 can be used instead of feature 5618 or feature 5618 plus feature EJ02. Feature EJ01 provides RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10. In addition to these protection options, mirroring of drives by the operating system is supported. AIX or Linux supports all of these options. IBM i does not use JBOD and uses imbedded functions instead of RAID 10, but does leverage the RAID 5 or 6 function of the integrated controllers. Other disk/SSD controllers are provided as PCI adapters. PCI-X SCSI, PCI-X SAS, and PCIe SAS adapters are supported. PCI Controllers with and without write cache are supported. RAID 5 and RAID 6 on controllers with write cache are supported with one exception. The PCIe RAID and SSD SAS Adapter has no write cache but supports RAID 5 and RAID 6.

AIX/Linux can use disk drives formatted with 512 byte blocks when being mirrored by the operating system. These disk drives must be reformatted to 528 byte sectors when used in RAID arrays. Although a small percentage of the drive's capacity is lost, additional data protection such as ECC and bad block detection is gained in this reformatting. For example, a 300 GB disk drive when reformatted provides around 283 GB. IBM i always uses drives formatted to 528 bytes. IBM Power SSDs are formatted to 528 bytes.

Software requirements

If installing the AIX operating system (one of these):

  • AIX 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (Planned availability March 29, 2013)
  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 11, or later (Planned availability March 29, 2013)
  • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 7 or later (planned availability May 31, 2013) (
    Note: AIX 5.3 Service Extension is required.)
  • AIX 7.1 with the 7100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9 or later
  • AIX 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7 or later

If installing the IBM i operating system (one of these):

  • IBM i 7.1, or later
  • IBM i 6.1 with i 6.1.1 machine code, or later (Planned availability March 8, 2013)

Note: Feature EB34 is required to have native I/O with IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1.

If installing the Linux operating system (one of these):

  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2, or later, with current maintenance updates available from SUSE to enable all planned functionality.
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 for POWER, or later

Users should also update their systems with the latest Linux for Power service and productivity tools available at

http://www.ibm.com/support/customercare/sas/f/lopdiag s/home.html

If installing VIOS use VIOS 2.2.1.6 or 2.2.2.0

Java 1.4.2 on POWER7

There are unique considerations when running Java 1.4.2 on POWER7+. For best exploitation of the outstanding performance capabilities and most recent improvements of POWER7 technology, IBM recommends upgrading Java-based applications to Java 7, Java 6 or Java 5 whenever possible.

For more information, visit

http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/java/jdk/aix/servic e.html

Refer to the IBM Prerequisite website for software requirements for each feature number

https://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf


Back to topBack to top

Publications

Top rule

IBM Power Systems hardware documentation provides you with the following topical information:

System overview
Planning for the system
Installing and configuring the system
Working with consoles, terminals, and interfaces
Managing system resources
Working with operating systems and software applications
Troubleshooting, service, and support

You can access the product documentation on a DVD (SK5T-7087) or at

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/powersys/v3r 1m5/index.jsp

The following information is shipped with the 8202-E4D:

  • Power Hardware Information DVD (SK5T-7087)
  • Installing the 8202-E4D
  • Safety Information
  • Statement of Warranty

Hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user's information, and service information is available to download or view at

http://www.ibm.com/systems/support

AIX documentation can be found at the IBM AIX Information Center

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/pseries/inde x.jsp

The IBM Systems Information Center provides you with a single information center where you can access product documentation for IBM systems hardware, operating systems, and server software. Through a consistent framework, you can efficiently find information and personalize your access. The IBM Systems Information Center

http://publib14.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems


Back to topBack to top

Features

Top rule

Features - No charge Features - No charge Feature availability matrix Feature availability matrix
Features - Chargeable Features - Chargeable Feature descriptions Feature descriptions


Features - No charge

  • Languages
    • (#9300) -Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9700) -Language Group Specify - Dutch
    • (#9703) -Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) -Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) -Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9706) -Language Group Specify - Norwegian
    • (#9707) -Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) -Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) -Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) -Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) -Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) -Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) -Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) -Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) -Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) -Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) -Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) -Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) -Language Group Specify - Czech
    • (#9725) -Language Group Specify -- Romanian
    • (#9726) -Language Group Specify - Croatian
    • (#9727) -Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
    • (#9728) -Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
    • (#9729) -Language Group Specify - Thai
  • Specify Codes
    • (#9440) -New AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9441) -New IBM i License Core Counter
    • (#9442) -New Red Hat License Core Counter
    • (#9443) -New SUSE License Core Counter
    • (#9444) -Other AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9445) -Other Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9446) -3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9447) -VIOS Core Counter
    • (#9448) -Other IBM i License Core Counter
    • (#9449) - Other License Core Counter
    • (#9633) -Power 520 1-core Entry Express Edition for IBM i
    • (#9634) -Power 520 1-core Growth Express Edition for IBM i
    • (#9635) -Power 520 2-Core Solution Edition for IBM i
    • (#9636) -Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (30 user)
    • (#9637) -Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (150 user)
    • (#9638) -Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (Unlimited user)
    • (#9639) -Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (50 user)
    • (#9640) -Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (150 user)
    • (#9643) -Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (Unlimited user)

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders
  • Administrative
    • (#0463) -SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)
    • (#0464) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5886
    • (#0465) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5887
  • Editions
    • (#ELB8) -Power 720 AIX Solution Edition
    • (#EU24) -Cognos on Power - Small
    • (#EU25) -Cognos on Power - Large
    • (#EU28) -25th Anniversary Edition
  • Miscellaneous
    • (#0712) -Power Cloud Integrated Solution Indicator For Order Routing
    • (#0777) -Power 720 4-core Express Edition for IBM i
    • (#0779) -Power 720 6-, 8-core Express Edition for IBM i
    • (#4927) -Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i (6-/8-core)
    • (#4928) -Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i (4-core)
    • (#4934) -IBM i for Business Intelligence -- Small Config
    • (#4935) -IBM i for Business Intelligence -- Medium Config
    • (#4936) -IBM i for Business Intelligence -- Large Config
    • (#5000) -Software Preload Required
    • (#8143) -Linux Software Preinstall
    • (#8144) -Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)
    • (#9461) -Month Indicator
    • (#9462) -Day Indicator
    • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
    • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
    • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
    • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator
    • (#ECSS) -Integrated Solution Packing
    • (#EHSS) -SPSS on Power Solution Indicator
    • (#EUC0) -Software preload define
    • (#EUC1) -Software preload define
    • (#EUC2) -Software preload define
    • (#EUC3) -Software preload define
  • Processor
    • (#2319) -Factory Deconfiguration of 1-core
  • Services
    • (#0456) -Customer Specified Placement
    • (#ERF1) -RFID Tags for Servers, Compute Nodes, Chassis, Racks, and HMCs
  • Solid State Drive
    • (#ESR2) -Six ES02 387GB 1.8" SAS SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ESR4) -Six ES04 387GB 1.8" SAS SSD for IBM i with eMLC
    • (#ESRA) -Four ES0A 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ESRB) -Four ES0B 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
    • (#ESRC) -Four ES0C 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ESRD) -Four ES0D 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
    • (#ESRE) -Four ES10 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESRF) -Four ES11 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESRG) -Four ES19 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESRH) -Four ES1A 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESRJ) -Six ES0J 387GB 1.8" SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESRK) -Six ES0K 387GB 1.8" SSD for IBM i
  • Specify Codes
    • (#0205) -RISC-to-RISC Data Migration One and only one rack indicator feature is required onall orders (#4650 to #4666).
    • (#4650) -Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated
    • (#4651) -Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) -Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) -Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) -Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) -Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) -Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) -Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) -Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) -Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) -Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) -Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) -Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) -Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) -Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) -Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) -Rack Indicator, Rack #16
    • (#9169) -Order Routing Indicator-System Plant
Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable
  • Accessory
    • (#EU19) -Cable Ties & Labels
  • Adapters
    • (#1905) -4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#1910) -4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#1912) -PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#1954) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1977) -2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1978) -IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1979) -IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1980) -POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#1983) -IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1986) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#1987) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#2053) -PCIe LP RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb
    • (#2054) -PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb
    • (#2055) -PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette
    • (#2728) -4 port USB PCIe Adapter
    • (#2738) -2-Port USB PCI Adapter
    • (#2849) -POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#2893) -PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
    • (#2943) -8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
    • (#2947) -IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2962) -2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#4764) -PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
    • (#4807) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
    • (#4808) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
    • (#5260) -PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter
    • (#5269) -PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator
    • (#5270) -PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter
    • (#5271) -PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet Adapter
    • (#5272) -PCIe LP 10GbE CX4 1-port Adapter
    • (#5273) -PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5274) -PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter
    • (#5275) -PCIe LP 10GbE SR 1-port Adapter
    • (#5276) -PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5277) -PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
    • (#5278) -PCIe LP 2-x4-port SAS Adapter 3Gb
    • (#5279) -PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SFP+ Copper&RJ45
    • (#5280) -PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
    • (#5281) -PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter
    • (#5283) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
    • (#5284) -PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
    • (#5285) -PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
    • (#5286) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
    • (#5287) -PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
    • (#5288) -PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE SFP+Copper Adapter
    • (#5289) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#5290) -PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
    • (#5700) -IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5701) -IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5706) -IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5708) -10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
    • (#5713) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#5714) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#5716) -2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5717) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5721) -10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5722) -10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5723) -2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
    • (#5729) -PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5732) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5735) -8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5736) -PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#5740) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5744) -PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
    • (#5745) -PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SFP+Copper&RJ45 Adapter
    • (#5748) -POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
    • (#5749) -4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)
    • (#5758) -4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5759) -4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5767) -2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5768) -2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5769) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5772) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5773) -4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5774) -4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5785) -4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#5805) -PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5899) -PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
    • (#5900) -PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5901) -PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5902) -PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5908) -PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)
    • (#5912) -PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5913) -PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb
    • (#5922) -Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
    • (#5923) -Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator
    • (#5924) -Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5925) -Shared EXP30 Indicator
    • (#5927) -Remote EXP30 Indicator
    • (#6446) -Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach - Short Run
    • (#6457) -Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach-Long Run
    • (#6805) -PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP
    • (#6808) -PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP
    • (#6833) -PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP
    • (#EC27) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter
    • (#EC28) -PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter
    • (#EC29) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC2M) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC2N) -PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC30) -PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC37) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
    • (#EC38) -PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
    • (#EC41) -PCIe2 LP 3D Graphics Adapter x1
    • (#EC42) -PCIe2 3D Graphics Adapter x1
    • (#EC2G) -PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter
    • (#EC2H) -PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFN5162F Adapter
    • (#EC2J) -PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter
    • (#EC2K) -PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFN5162F Adapter
    • (#EJS1) -Non-paired Indicator ESA3 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#EJ02) -Split Drive Bay Capability for #5618
    • (#EJ03) -GX++ 2-port PCIe2 x8 Adapter
    • (#EJ04) -GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach
    • (#EJ10) -PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ11) -PCIe3 LP SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ27) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
    • (#EJ28) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
    • (#EJ0J) -PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ0L) -PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ0M) - PCIe3 LP RAID SAS ADAPTER Quad-Port 6Gb x8
    • (#EN13) -PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter
    • (#EN27) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#EN28) -PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
    • (#EN29) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#EN0A) -PCIe2 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0B) -PCIe2 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0H) -PCIe2 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
    • (#EN0J) -PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
    • (#EN0K) -PCIe2 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
    • (#EN0L) -PCIe2 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
    • (#EN0S) -PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0T) -PCIe2 LP 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0U) -PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0V) -PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0W) -PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0X) -PCIe2 LP 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0Y) -PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#ESA1) -PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter Dual-port 6Gb
    • (#ESA2) -PCIe2 LP RAID SAS Adapter Dual-port 6Gb
    • (#ESA3) -PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb CR
  • Administrative
    • (#0462) -SSD Placement Indicator - CEC
    • (#0719) -Load Source Not in CEC
    • (#B0LG) -ServicePac Not Selected
    • (#B0LH) -Service Renewal Requested
    • (#B0UQ) -SP WSU 3Y 24x7 SD
    • (#B0VH) -SP HDR/MR POWER 3Y
    • (#ESC0) -S&H - No Charge
    • (#ESC6) - S&H
  • Cable
    • (#0348) -V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0349) -V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0353) -V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0354) -V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0356) -V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0359) -X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0360) -X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0365) -V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0368) -V.24/EIA232 20-Ft. PCI Cable with M3
    • (#1010) -Modem Cable - Austria
    • (#1011) -Modem Cable - Belgium
    • (#1012) -Modem Cable - Africa
    • (#1014) -Modem Cable - Italy
    • (#1015) -Modem Cable - France
    • (#1016) -Modem Cable - Germany
    • (#1017) -Modem Cable - UK
    • (#1018) -Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
    • (#1021) -Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
    • (#1022) -Modem Cable - Netherlands
    • (#1023) -Modem Cable - Swiss
    • (#1024) -Modem Cable - Denmark
    • (#1025) -Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
    • (#1111) -3m, Blue Cat5e Cable
    • (#1112) -10m, Blue Cat5e Cable
    • (#1113) -25m, Blue Cat5e Cable
    • (#1827) -System port/UPS Conversion Cable
    • (#1828) -1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
    • (#1829) -0.6 Meter 12X Cable
    • (#1830) -1.5 Meter 12X cable
    • (#1834) -8.0 Meter 12X Cable
    • (#1840) -3.0 Meter 12X Cable
    • (#1841) -3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
    • (#1854) -10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
    • (#1861) -0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
    • (#1862) -1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable
    • (#1864) -8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
    • (#1865) -3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
    • (#2118) -Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
    • (#2456) -2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) -2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2861) -ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
    • (#2863) -ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
    • (#2864) -ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
    • (#2934) -3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) -Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
    • (#2951) -Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
    • (#2952) -Cable, V.35
    • (#2953) -Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
    • (#2954) -Cable, X.21
    • (#3124) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer-3.7M
    • (#3125) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack-8M
    • (#3287) -1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3288) -3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3289) -5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3290) -10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
    • (#3293) -30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
    • (#3450) -SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3451) -SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3452) -SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3453) -SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3454) -SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3455) -SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3456) -SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3457) -SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3458) -SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3652) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
    • (#3653) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
    • (#3654) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
    • (#3656) -SAS SFF Cable
    • (#3661) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 3M:
    • (#3662) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 6M:
    • (#3663) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 15M:
    • (#3675) -SAS EX Cable 3m - Drawer to Drawer
    • (#3680) -SAS EX Cable 6m - Drawer to Drawer
    • (#3681) -3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
    • (#3682) -6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
    • (#3684) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 3M
    • (#3685) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 6M
    • (#3686) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M
    • (#3687) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3M
    • (#3688) -SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter
    • (#3689) -SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)
    • (#3691) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M
    • (#3692) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M
    • (#3693) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M
    • (#3694) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M
    • (#3925) -0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3926) -Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
    • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#3930) -System Serial Port Converter Cable
    • (#4242) -1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) -Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
    • (#4276) -VGA to DVI Connection Converter
    • (#5915) -SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5916) -SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5917) -SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5918) -SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5926) -SAS EX Cable 1.5m - Drawer to Drawer
    • (#6001) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
    • (#6006) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
    • (#6007) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
    • (#6008) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
    • (#6029) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
    • (#7801) -Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#7802) -Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#ECB0) -0.6m (2.0-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
    • (#ECB2) -1.5m (4.9-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
    • (#ECBB) -SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)
    • (#ECBJ) -SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBK) -SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBL) -SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBM) -SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBT) -SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBU) -SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBV) -SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBW) -SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBX) -SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBY) -SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBZ) -SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECC0) -SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECC2) -SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECC3) -SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECC4) -SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECW0) -Optical Wrap Plug
    • (#EN01) -1m (3.3-ft), 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EN02) -3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EN03) -5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EN05) -PCIe x8 Cable 1.5m
    • (#EN07) -PCIe x8 Cable 3m
    • (#EQ02) -Quanity 150 of #3452 SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#EQ03) -Quantity 150 of #3453 SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
  • Disk
    • (#1737) -856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1738) -856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1751) -900GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1752) -900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1790) -600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1817) -Quantity 150 of #1962
    • (#1818) -Quantity 150 of #1964
    • (#1844) -Quantity 150 of #1956
    • (#1866) -Quantity 150 of #1917
    • (#1868) -Quantity 150 of #1947
    • (#1869) -Quantity 150 of #1925
    • (#1879) -283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1880) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1882) -146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
    • (#1883) -73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
    • (#1884) -69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
    • (#1885) -300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
    • (#1886) -146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1888) -139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1911) -283GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1916) -571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1917) -146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1925) -300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1927) -Quantity 150 of #1948
    • (#1929) -Quantity 150 of #1953
    • (#1947) -139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1948) -283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1953) -300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1956) -283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1962) -571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1964) -600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#3646) -73GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3647) -146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#3648) -300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#3649) -450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#3658) -428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#3676) -69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3677) -139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#3678) -283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#7517) -Quantity 150 of #3676
    • (#7518) -Quantity 150 of #3677
    • (#7519) -Quantity 150 of #3678
    • (#7538) -Quantity 150 of #3658
    • (#7549) -Quantity 150 of #3647
    • (#7564) -Quantity 150 of #3648
    • (#7565) -Quantity 150 of #3649
    • (#EQ38) -Quantity 150 of #1738 (856GB SFF-2 disk)
    • (#EQ52) -Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
    • (#EQD2) -Quantity 150 of #ESD2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQD3) -Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQDN) -Quantity 150 of #ESDN (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for IBM i)
    • (#EQDP) -Quantity 150 of #ESDP (600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for AIX/
    • (#ELS1) -#ES11 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-1)
    • (#ELS9) -#ES1A Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELSJ) -#ESDJ Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-1 )
    • (#ELSN) -#ESDN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-2 ) LINUX)
    • (#ESD0) -1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#ESD1) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ESD2) -1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBMi)
    • (#ESD3) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ESDJ) -571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive - 528 Block (IBM i)
    • (#ESDK) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ESDN) -571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 528 Block
    • (#ESDP) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 5xx Block
  • Display
    • (#3632) -Widescreen LCD Monitor
    • (#3637) -IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
    • (#3639) -IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3640) -ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3641) -IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3642) -ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3643) -IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3644) -IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3645) -IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
  • Drive
    • (#1103) -USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
    • (#1104) -USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
    • (#1106) -USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#1107) -USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU01) -1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU03) -RDX USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU04) -RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU07) -RDX SATA Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU08) -RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU15) -1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU17) -2.5 TB LTO-6 Tape Cartridge
    • (#EU18) -5-Pack of #EU17
    • (#EU2T) -2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)
  • Keyboards
    • (#5951) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#5952) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#5953) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#5954) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#5955) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#5956) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#5957) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#5958) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#5959) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#5960) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#5961) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#5962) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#5964) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
    • (#5965) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#5966) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#5967) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#5968) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
    • (#5969) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#5970) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#5971) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#5972) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#5973) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#5974) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#5975) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#5976) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#5977) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#5978) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#5979) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#5980) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#5981) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#5982) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#5983) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
    • (#EK51) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#EK52) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#EK53) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#EK54) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#EK55) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#EK56) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#EK57) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#EK58) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#EK59) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#EK60) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#EK61) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#EK62) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#EK64) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
    • (#EK65) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#EK66) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#EK67) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#EK68) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
    • (#EK69) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#EK70) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#EK71) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#EK72) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#EK73) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#EK74) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#EK75) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#EK76) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#EK77) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#EK78) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#EK79) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#EK80) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#EK81) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#EK82) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#EK83) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
  • Linecords
    • (#1406) -200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord
    • (#1408) -4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
    • (#1413) -125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord
    • (#1414) -200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord
    • (#1418) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa
    • (#1419) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
    • (#1420) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
    • (#1421) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
    • (#1426) -200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord
    • (#1439) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
    • (#1440) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark
    • (#1441) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa
    • (#1442) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss
    • (#1443) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK
    • (#1445) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel
    • (#1449) -4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH
    • (#1450) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH
    • (#1476) -4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
    • (#1477) -4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd
    • (#6458) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/IBM PDU (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6460) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
    • (#6469) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 15A) U. S.
    • (#6470) -Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)
    • (#6471) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/ 15A)
    • (#6472) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 16A)
    • (#6473) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6474) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 13A)
    • (#6475) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 16A)
    • (#6476) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6477) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 16A)
    • (#6478) -Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6479) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6488) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/ 15A or 250V/10A )
    • (#6489) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A 380-415V Power Cord
    • (#6491) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A 200-240V Power Cord
    • (#6492) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A 200-240V Power Cord
    • (#6493) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6494) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6495) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6496) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6497) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6498) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6577) -Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
    • (#6651) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
    • (#6653) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord
    • (#6654) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
    • (#6655) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
    • (#6656) -4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
    • (#6657) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord
    • (#6659) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6660) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/ 15A)
    • (#6665) -Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to Wall/IBM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6669) -Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6670) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), PT #59
    • (#6671) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6672) -Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6680) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6687) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)
    • (#ELC0) -PDU Access Cord 0.38m
  • Manufacturing Instruction
    • (#9359) -specify mode-1 & (1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9360) -Specify mode-1 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9361) -Specify mode-2 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9365) -Specify mode-4 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9366) -Specify mode-2 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9367) -Specify mode-1 & (2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9368) -Specify mode-2 & (4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9382) -Specify mode-1 & (1)5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9383) -Specify mode-1 & (2) 5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9384) -Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887
    • (#9385) -Specify mode-1 & (2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9386) -Specify mode-2 & (4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9388) -Specify Mode-1 & EXP30 for 1 EXP24S #5887
    • (#EJP1) -Specify Mode-1 & (1)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#EJP2) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#EJP3) Specify Mode-2 & (2)ESA1/ESA2 & (2) X for EXP24S #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJP4) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#EJP5) -Specify Mode-4 & (4)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#EJP6) Specify Mode-2 & (1)ESA1/ESA2 & (2) YO for EXP24S #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJP7) Specify Mode-2 (2 )ESA1/ESA2 & (2) YO for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJPA) Specify mode-2 (1) ESA1/ESA2 & (1) YO for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJPB) Specify mode-2 (2)ESA1/ESA2 & (1) X for EXP24#5887 or #EL1S
    • (#EJPC) -Specify mode-4 (1)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPD) -Specify mode-4 (2)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPE) -Specify mode-4 (3)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPJ) -Specify mode-2 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPK) -Specify mode-2 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPL) -Specify mode-4 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPM) -Specify mode-4 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPN) -Specify mode-4 (3)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPR) -Specify mode-2 (2)5903/5805 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPT) -Specify mode-2 (2)5913 for EXP24 #5887
    • (#EJPY) -Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to ESA1/ESA2
    • (#EJPZ) -Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to ESA1/ESA2
    • (#EJR1) -Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR2) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR3) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR4) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR5) -Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR6) Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR7) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRA) Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) YO for EXP24S (#5887/El1S)
    • (#EJRB) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRC) -Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRD) -Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRE) -Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/EL1S)
    • (#EJRP) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRR) -Specify mode-2 & (4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#EJRS) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRT) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRU) -Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#EJRW) -Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe3 12GB RAID SAS Adapter
    • (#EJRX) -Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe3 12GB RAID SAS Adapter
    • (#EJRY) -Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter
    • (#EJRZ) -Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter
    • (#EJS2) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
    • (#EJS3) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
    • (#EJS4) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
    • (#EJS5) -Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe2 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter
    • (#EJS6) -Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe2 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter
  • Media Devices
    • (#5618) -Storage Backplane -- 6 SFF Bays/ SATA DVD/HH Tape
    • (#5619) -80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive
    • (#5638) -1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive
    • (#5661) -DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
    • (#5673) -DAT320 160 GB USB Tape Drive
    • (#5743) -SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
    • (#5746) -Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
    • (#5762) -SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#5771) -SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#EJ01) -Storage Backplane -- 8 SFF Bays/175MB RAID/Dual IOA
    • (#EU11) -2.5/6.25TB LTO-6 SAS Tape Drive, Half-high
    • (#EU16) -80/160GB DAT160 USB Tape Drive
  • Media Supplies
    • (#5689) -DAT160 Data Cartridge
    • (#5747) -IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge
  • Memory
    • (#4793) -Power Active Memory Expansion Enablement
    • (#EM01) -Memory Riser Card
    • (#EM08) -8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM4B) -16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 4Gb DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM4C) -32GB (2x16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 4Gb DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM4D) -64GB (2x32GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 4Gb DDR3 DRAM
  • Miscellaneous
    • (#0004) -EMEA Bulk MES Indicator
    • (#0098) -Special Manufacturing Operations Indicator
    • (#0444) -CBU Specify
    • (#2145) -Primary OS - IBM i
    • (#2146) -Primary OS - AIX
    • (#2147) -Primary OS - Linux
    • (#4367) -Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1995 (AIX/Linux)
    • (#4377) -Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1996 (IBM i)
    • (#5685) -PCIe Riser Card (Gen2)
    • (#6586) -Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
    • (#7567) -IBM Tower Cover Set
    • (#7568) -OEM Tower Cover Set
    • (#EB2W) -EXP30 Carrier for 1.8-inch SSD
    • (#ECSC) -Custom Service Specify, Shenzhen, China
    • (#ECSM) -Custom Service Specify, Mexico
    • (#ECSP) -Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA
    • (#EU29) -Order Placed Indicator
  • Pointing Device
    • (#8841) -Mouse - USB, with Keyboard Attachment Cable
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse
  • Power
    • (#5160) -Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA
    • (#5161) -Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC
    • (#5162) -Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase
    • (#5163) -Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase
    • (#5532) -System AC Power Supply, 1925 W
    • (#6260) -Redundant or Base Power Supply for 7031 Model D24/T24 I/ O Enclosure
    • (#6261) -Power Supply for 7031 Model D24/T24 I/O Enclosure
    • (#7109) -Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
    • (#7188) -Power Distribution Unit
  • Processor
    • (#EPCK) -4-core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ Processor Module
    • (#EPCL) -6-core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ Processor Module
    • (#EPCM) -8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ Processor Module
    • (#EPDK) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPCK
    • (#EPDL) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPCL
    • (#EPDM) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPCM
    • (#EPEK) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPCK
    • (#EPEL) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPCL
    • (#EPEM) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPCM
  • Rack Related
    • (#0551) -19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
    • (#0553) -19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
    • (#0555) -19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack
    • (#0599) -Rack Filler Panel Kit
    • (#5796) -PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer
    • (#5802) -12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk
    • (#5877) -12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk
    • (#5886) -EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
    • (#5887) -EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
    • (#6068) -Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
    • (#6069) -Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
    • (#6246) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6247) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6248) -1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6249) -2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6263) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6272) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6580) -Optional Rack Security Kit
    • (#7118) -Environmental Monitoring Probe
    • (#7134) -IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
    • (#7135) -OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
    • (#7145) -IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
    • (#7311) -Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
    • (#7314) -I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure
    • (#7780) -2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
    • (#7840) -Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
    • (#7841) -Ruggedize Rack Kit
    • (#EC01) -Rack Front Door (Black)
    • (#EC02) -Rack Rear Door
    • (#EC03) -Rack Side Cover
    • (#EC04) -Rack Suite Attachment Kit
    • (#EC07) -Slim Rear Acoustic Door
    • (#EC08) -Slim Front Acoustic Door
    • (#EC15) -Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
    • (#EDR1) -EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer
    • (#ER05) -42U Slim Rack
  • Services
    • (#0010) -One CSC Billing Unit
    • (#0011) -Ten CSC Billing Units
    • (#EUC6) -Core Use HW Feature
    • (#EUC7) -Core Use HW Feature 10X
  • Solid State Drive
    • (#0893) -#ES0B Load Source Specify
    • (#0894) -#ES0D Load Source Specify
    • (#1775) -177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1787) -177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
    • (#1793) -177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1794) -177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
    • (#1887) -Quantity 150 of #1793
    • (#1958) -Quantity 150 of #1794
    • (#1995) -177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1996) -177GB SSD Module with eMLC (IBM i)
    • (#3586) -69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
    • (#3587) -69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
    • (#7535) -Quantity 150 of #3586
    • (#7536) -Quantity 150 of #3587
    • (#EH10) -387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
    • (#EH11) -387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
    • (#EH12) -387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i
    • (#EH13) -387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i
    • (#EH14) -GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD
    • (#EH16) -GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0D 387GB SSD (IBM i)
    • (#ELSF) -#ES0F Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-1)
    • (#ELSH) -#ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELSK) -#ES0K Load Source Specify (387GB 1.8" SSD for IBM i)
    • (#ELT9) -#ES79 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
    • (#ELTF) -#ES7F Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
    • (#EQ0G) -Quantity 150 of #ES0G (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ0H) -Quantity 150 of #ES0H (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ19) -Quantity 150 of #ES19 (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ1A) -Quantity 150 of #ES1A (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ78) -Quantity 150 of #ES78 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ79) -Quantity 150 of #ES79 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ7E) -Quantity 150 of #ES7E 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ7F) -Quantity 150 of #ES7F 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ0C) -Quantity of 150 #ES0C
    • (#EQ0D) -Quantity of 150 #ES0D
    • (#ES02) -387GB 1.8" SAS SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ES04) -387GB 1.8" SAS SSD for IBM i with eMLC
    • (#ES09) -IBM Flash Adapter 90 (PCIe2 0.9TB)
    • (#ES0A) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ES0B) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
    • (#ES0C) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ES0D) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
    • (#ES0E) -775GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0F) -775GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES0G) -775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0H) -775GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES0J) -387GB 1.8" SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0K) -387GB 1.8" SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES10) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES11) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES19) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES1A) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES78) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES79) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES7E) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES7F) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
  • Specify Codes
    • (#0040) -Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
    • (#0041) -Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
    • (#0043) -Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
    • (#0047) -Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
    • (#0265) -AIX Partition Specify
    • (#0266) -Linux Partition Specify
    • (#0267) -IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
    • (#0296) -Specify Custom Data Protection
    • (#0308) -Mirrored Level System Specify Code
    • (#0347) -RAID Hot Spare Specify
    • (#0566) -IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code
    • (#0567) -IBM i 7.1 Specify Code
    • (#0722) -#1787 Load Source Specify
    • (#0724) -#1996 Load Source Specify
    • (#0726) -Specify Load Source in #5802/#5803/#5877
    • (#0727) -Specify #5886 Load Source placement
    • (#0728) -Specify #5887 Load Source placement
    • (#0729) -Specify EXP30 Load Source placement
    • (#0837) -SAN Load Source Specify
    • (#0838) -#3676 Load Source Specify
    • (#0839) -#3677 Load Source Specify
    • (#0840) -#3678 Load Source Specify
    • (#0844) -#3658 Load Source Specify
    • (#0851) -#1884 Load Source Specify
    • (#0853) -#1888 Load Source Specify
    • (#0855) -#3587 Load Source Specify
    • (#0856) -#1911 Load Source Specify
    • (#0857) -#1916 Load Source Specify
    • (#0870) -#1879 Load Source Specify
    • (#0871) -#1947 Load Source Specify
    • (#0872) -#1948 Load Source Specify
    • (#0874) -#1956 Load Source Specify
    • (#0875) -#1962 Load Source Specify
    • (#0876) -#1794 Load Source Specify
    • (#0879) -#1737 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-1 disk)
    • (#0880) -#1738 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-2 disk)
    • (#0882) -#ES04 Load Source Specify
    • (#0907) -#ESD0 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-1)
    • (#0911) -#ESD2 Load Souce Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#5550) -Sys Console On HMC
    • (#5557) -System Console-Ethernet No IOP
    • (#EB72) -IBM i 7.2 Indicator
    • (#EB73) -IBM i 7.3 Indicator
  • Virtualization Engine
    • (#5225) -PowerVM Express Edition
    • (#5227) -PowerVM Standard Edition
    • (#5228) -PowerVM Enterprise Edition
    • (#EB34) -IBM i 6.1.1 Native I/O Enablement
    • (#EC21) -PowerVM EE for Small Server
    • (#ELPM) -Trial PowerVM Live Partition Mobility

Feature availability matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 8202 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |E| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |4| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |D|
        | |
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|----------------------------------------------------------

0004    |A| EMEA Bulk MES Indicator
 


0010    |A| One CSC Billing Unit
0011    |A| Ten CSC Billing Units
0032    |N| Specify Code for External High Speed Modem

0034    |N| Specify Code for Alternate External High Speed Modem
 


0040    |A| Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
0041    |A| Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
0042    |N| Mirrored System IOP Level Specify Code
0043    |A| Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
0047    |A| Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code

0050    |N| IBM Express Seller Indicator
0098    |A| Special Manufacturing Operations Indicator
0099    |N| SBO Indicator
 


0205    |A| RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0267    |A| IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
0275    |N| CSC Specify
0290    |N| Ext Tape Attached via #5736
0296    |A| Specify Custom Data Protection
0302    |N| Specify EXP24 Attach via Existing Controller
0308    |A| Mirrored Level System Specify Code
0325    |N| IPCS Extension Cables for NT
0347    |A| RAID Hot Spare Specify
0348    |A| V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0349    |S| V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0353    |A| V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0354    |S| V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0356    |S| V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0359    |A| X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0360    |S| X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0365    |S| V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable
0367    |N| V.24/EIA232 6.1M (20-Ft) PCI Cable

0368    |S| V.24/EIA232 20-Ft. PCI Cable with M3
 


0373    |N| UPS Factory Integration Specify
0374    |N| HMC Factory Integration Specify
0375    |N| Display Factory Integration Specify
0376    |N| Reserve Rack Space for UPS
0377    |N| Reserve Rack Space for HMC
0378    |N| Reserve Rack Space for Display
0444    |A| CBU Specify
0446    |N| 512MB DDR Server Memory
0447    |N| 1GB DDR Server Memory
0456    |A| Customer Specified Placement
0462    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - CEC
0463    |A| SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)
0464    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - 5886
0465    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - 5887
0533    |N| IBM i 5.4 w/ V5R4M5 Specify Code
0534    |N| IBM i 6.1 Specify Code
0551    |S| 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
0553    |S| 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
0555    |S| 19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack
0566    |S| IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code
0567    |S| IBM i 7.1 Specify Code
0588    |N| PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
0595    |N| PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer
0599    |A| Rack Filler Panel Kit
0694    |N| #5094 Equivalent
0696    |N| #5096 Equivalent
0712    |A| Power Cloud Integrated Solution Indicator For Order Routing
0719    |A| Load Source Not in CEC
0720    |N| Load Source in #0595
0721    |N| Load Source in #5094/5294
0722    |A| #1787 Load Source Specify
0724    |A| #1996 Load Source Specify
0725    |N| Specify Load Source in #5786
0726    |A| Specify Load Source in #5802/#5803/#5877
0727    |A| Specify #5886 Load Source placement
0728    |S| Specify #5887 Load Source placement
0729    |A| Specify EXP30 Load Source placement
0777    |A| Power 720 4-core Express Edition for IBM i
0779    |A| Power 720 6-, 8-core Express Edition for IBM i
0830    |N| #4319 Load Source Specify
0834    |N| #4326 Load Source Specify
0835    |N| #4327 Load Source Specify
0836    |N| #4328 Load Source Specify
0837    |A| SAN Load Source Specify
0838    |S| #3676 Load Source Specify
0839    |A| #3677 Load Source Specify
0840    |A| #3678 Load Source Specify
0841    |N| #4329 Load Source Specify
0844    |A| #3658 Load Source Specify
0851    |S| #1884 Load Source Specify
0853    |A| #1888 Load Source Specify
0854    |N| #1909 Load Source Specify
0855    |S| #3587 Load Source Specify
0856    |A| #1911 Load Source Specify
0857    |A| #1916 Load Source Specify
0870    |A| #1879 Load Source Specify
0871    |A| #1947 Load Source Specify
0872    |A| #1948 Load Source Specify
0874    |A| #1956 Load Source Specify
0875    |A| #1962 Load Source Specify
0876    |A| #1794 Load Source Specify
0879    |S| #1737 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-1 disk)
0880    |S| #1738 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-2 disk)
0882    |A| #ES04 Load Source Specify
0893    |A| #ES0B Load Source Specify
0894    |A| #ES0D Load Source Specify
0907    |A| #ESD0 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-1)
0911    |A| #ESD2 Load Souce Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)



1010    |S| Modem Cable - Austria
1011    |S| Modem Cable - Belgium
1012    |S| Modem Cable - Africa
1013    |S| Modem Cable - Israel
1014    |S| Modem Cable - Italy
1015    |S| Modem Cable - France
1016    |S| Modem Cable - Germany
1017    |S| Modem Cable - UK
1018    |S| Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
 




1021    |S| Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
1022    |S| Modem Cable - Netherlands
1023    |S| Modem Cable - Swiss
1024    |S| Modem Cable - Denmark
 


1025    |S| Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
1103    |S| USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
1104    |S| USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
1106    |S| USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
1107    |A| USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
1111    |A| 3m, Blue Cat5e Cable
1112    |A| 10m, Blue Cat5e Cable
1113    |A| 25m, Blue Cat5e Cable



1311    |N| System Unique Identifier





1406    |S| 200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord
 


1408    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
 




1413    |S| 125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord
1414    |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord







1418    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa
 


1419    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
 


1420    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
1421    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK



1426    |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord





1439    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
1440    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark
1441    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa
1442    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss
1443    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK
1445    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel



1449    |S| 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH
1450    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH















1460    |N| 3m Copper RIO Cable
1461    |N| 6m Copper RIO Cable
1462    |N| 15m RIO Cable
1466    |N| 30m SPCN Cable
1474    |N| 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
1475    |N| 10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

1476    |S| 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
 


1477    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd
1485    |N| Remote I/O Cable, 15M
1487    |N| 3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
1700    |N| IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for NT
1737    |S| 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
1738    |S| 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1751    |S| 900GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1752    |S| 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1775    |S| 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1787    |S| 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
1790    |S| 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1793    |S| 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1794    |S| 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
1817    |S| Quantity 150 of #1962
1818    |S| Quantity 150 of #1964
1827    |S| System port/UPS Conversion Cable
1828    |S| 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1829    |S| 0.6 Meter 12X Cable
1830    |S| 1.5 Meter 12X cable
1834    |S| 8.0 Meter 12X Cable
1840    |S| 3.0 Meter 12X Cable
1841    |S| 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1842    |N| 10 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1843    |N| Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/3.5" DASD
1844    |S| Quantity 150 of #1956
1854    |S| 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
1856    |N| Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/2.5" DASD
1861    |S| 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1862    |S| 1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1864    |S| 8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1865    |S| 3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1866    |S| Quantity 150 of #1917
1868    |S| Quantity 150 of #1947
1869    |S| Quantity 150 of #1925
1877    |N| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5" DASD
1878    |N| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD
1879    |S| 283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
1880    |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1882    |S| 146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1883    |S| 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1884    |S| 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1885    |S| 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
1886    |S| 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1887    |S| Quantity 150 of #1793
1888    |S| 139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
1890    |N| 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
1905    |S| 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1909    |N| 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
1910    |S| 4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1911    |S| 283GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
1912    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
1916    |S| 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
1917    |S| 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1925    |S| 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1927    |S| Quantity 150 of #1948
1929    |S| Quantity 150 of #1953
1947    |S| 139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1948    |S| 283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1953    |S| 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1954    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
1956    |S| 283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1958    |S| Quantity 150 of #1794
1962    |S| 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1964    |S| 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1968    |N| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1969    |N| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1970    |N| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1971    |N| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1972    |N| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1973    |N| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1977    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
1978    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1979    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1980    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
1981    |N| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
1982    |N| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
1983    |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1984    |N| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1986    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
1987    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
1995    |S| 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1996    |S| 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (IBM i)
2053    |S| PCIe LP RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb
2054    |S| PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb
2055    |S| PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette
2114    |N| PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
2118    |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2124    |N| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter
2125    |N| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter
2126    |N| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter
2127    |N| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter
2128    |N| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter
2138    |N| 0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable
2145    |A| Primary OS - IBM i
2146    |A| Primary OS - AIX
2147    |A| Primary OS - Linux
2319    |A| Factory Deconfiguration of 1-core
2424    |N| 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2425    |N| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2456    |A| 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |A| 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2728    |S| 4 port USB PCIe Adapter
2738    |S| 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
2749    |N| PCI Ultra Mag Media Controller
2757    |N| PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller
2780    |N| PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller
2787    |N| PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller
2844    |N| PCI IOP
2847    |N| PCI IOP for SAN Load Source
2849    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
2861    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2863    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2877    |N| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
2893    |S| PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem



2934    |A| 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
2943    |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2947    |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951    |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952    |S| Cable, V.35
2953    |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954    |S| Cable, X.21
2962    |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
3124    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M
3125    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M
3146    |N| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M
3147    |N| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M
3148    |N| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M
3156    |N| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M
3168    |N| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M
3273    |N| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3274    |N| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3275    |N| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3277    |N| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3278    |N| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3279    |N| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3287    |A| 1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3288    |A| 3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3289    |S| 5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3290    |S| 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3293    |S| 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3450    |S| SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3451    |S| SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3452    |S| SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3453    |A| SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3454    |A| SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3455    |A| SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3456    |S| SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3457    |S| SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3458    |A| SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3578    |N| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3585    |N| 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3586    |S| 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
3587    |S| 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
3632    |S| Widescreen LCD Monitor
3636    |N| L200P Flat Panel Monitor
3637    |S| IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
3639    |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3640    |S| ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641    |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642    |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643    |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644    |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645    |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3646    |S| 73GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3647    |S| 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3648    |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3649    |S| 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3652    |S| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
3653    |S| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
3654    |S| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
3655    |N| SAS HH Cable
3656    |S| SAS SFF Cable
3657    |N| Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable
3658    |S| 428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
3661    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M:
3662    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6M:
3663    |S| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15M:
3670    |N| SAS Cable, Storage Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead
3674    |N| SAS Cable, Storage Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
3675    |S| SAS EX Cable 3m - Drawer to Drawer
3676    |S| 69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
3677    |S| 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
3678    |S| 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
3679    |N| SAS Cable (AI)- Adapter to Internal drive 1M
3680    |S| SAS EX Cable 6m - Drawer to Drawer
3681    |S| 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3682    |S| 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3684    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 3M
3685    |S| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 6M
3686    |S| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5M
3687    |S| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M
3688    |S| SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter
3689    |S| SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)
3691    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5 M
3692    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3 M
3693    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6 M
3694    |S| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15 M
3704    |N| External xSeries Attach
3705    |N| PCI IOP
3706    |N| DVD-ROM
3707    |N| 30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
3708    |N| 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
3742    |N| Hardcopy Publications
3925    |A| 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3927    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
3930    |A| System Serial Port Converter Cable
4242    |S| 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell
        | |to 15-pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
4276    |A| VGA to DVI Connection Converter
4287    |N| Memory Offering, 32GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs)
4288    |N| Memory Offering, 64GB (Multiples of 4 or 2x8GB DIMMs)
4319    |N| 35.16GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
4326    |N| 35.16GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4327    |N| 70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4328    |N| 141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4329    |N| 282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4367    |S| Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1995 (AIX/Linux)
4377    |S| Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1996 (IBM i)
4430    |N| DVD-RAM
4487    |N| 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
4520    |N| 1024MB (2x512MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
4521    |N| 2048MB (2x1024MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
4522    |N| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
4523    |N| 8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM
4524    |N| 16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM
4532    |N| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM
4630    |N| DVD-RAM
4633    |N| DVD-RAM
One and only one rack indicator feature is required onall orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650    |A| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4746    |N| PCI Twinaxial Workstn IOA
4764    |S| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
4793    |A| Power Active Memory Expansion Enablement
4801    |N| PCI Crypto Coprocessor
4805    |N| PCI Crypto Accelerator
4807    |S| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
4808    |S| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
4812    |N| PCI Integ xSeries Server
4813    |N| PCI Integ xSeries Server
4927    |A| Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i (6-/8-core)
4928    |A| Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i (4-core)
4934    |A| IBM i for Business Intelligence -- Small Config
4935    |A| IBM i for Business Intelligence -- Medium Config
4936    |A| IBM i for Business Intelligence -- Large Config
5000    |A| Software Preload Required

5001    |N| Custom Service Specify, Off-Site
 




5005    |N| Software Preinstall
5088    |N| PCI-X Expansion Unit
5094    |N| PCI-X Expansion Tower
5095    |N| PCI-X Expansion Tower
5096    |N| PCI-X Exp Tower (no disk)
5108    |N| 30-Disk Expansion Feature
5115    |N| Dual Line Cords - Tower
5116    |N| Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower
5138    |N| Redundant Power and Cooling
5160    |S| Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA
5161    |S| Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC
5162    |S| Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase
5163    |S| Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase
5225    |S| PowerVM Express Edition
5227    |A| PowerVM Standard Edition
5228    |A| PowerVM Enterprise Edition
5260    |S| PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5269    |S| PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator
5270    |S| PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter
5271    |S| PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet Adapter
5272    |S| PCIe LP 10GbE CX4 1-port Adapter
5273    |S| PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5274    |S| PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter
5275    |S| PCIe LP 10GbE SR 1-port Adapter
5276    |S| PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5277    |S| PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
5278    |S| PCIe LP 2-x4-port SAS Adapter 3Gb
5279    |S| PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SFP+ Copper&RJ45
5280    |S| PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
5281    |A| PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter
5283    |S| PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
5284    |S| PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
5285    |A| PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
5286    |S| PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
5287    |S| PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
5288    |S| PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE SFP+Copper Adapter
5289    |S| 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5290    |S| PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
5294    |N| 1.8m I/O Tower
5296    |N| 1.8m I/O Tower (no disk)
5524    |N| RFID Tags for Servers, Blades, BladeCenters, Racks, and
        | |HMCs
5532    |S| System AC Power Supply, 1925 W
5544    |N| Sys Console on OP Console
5548    |N| Sys Console 100Mbps Ethernet
5550    |A| Sys Console On HMC
5553    |N| Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP
5554    |N| Mirror 35GB Disk/Controller Pkg
5555    |N| Mirror 70GB Disk/Controller Pkg
5556    |N| Mirror 141GB Disk/Controller Pkg
5557    |A| System Console-Ethernet No IOP
5577    |N| 2-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
5578    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5577
5579    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5577/9495
5580    |N| 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5581    |N| 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5583    |N| 5777 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5587    |N| 4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
5588    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5587
5589    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5587
5590    |N| 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5591    |N| 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5608    |N| GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (DDR)
5609    |N| GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (GX++)
5610    |N| PCIe Riser Card (Gen1)
5613    |N| Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter
        | |Card
5614    |N| Dual Port RIO-2 I/O Hub
5616    |N| GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (GX+)
5618    |S| Storage Backplane -- 6 SFF Bays/ SATA DVD/HH Tape
5619    |S| 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive
5623    |N| Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
5624    |N| 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
5633    |N| 1-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
5634    |N| 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
5635    |N| 4-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
5638    |S| 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive
5646    |N| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short Slot
5647    |N| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
5651    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5633
5654    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5634
5655    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5635
5661    |S| DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
5673    |S| DAT320 160 GB USB Tape Drive
5676    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5633/#9680
5677    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5634
5678    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5635
5679    |N| SAS RAID Enablement
5685    |S| PCIe Riser Card (Gen2)
5689    |S| DAT160 Data Cartridge
5700    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5701    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5702    |N| PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller
5704    |N| PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
5706    |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5707    |N| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5708    |S| 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
5712    |N| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5713    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
5714    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
5716    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
5717    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
5718    |N| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
5719    |N| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
5721    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5722    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5723    |S| 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
5729    |S| PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
5732    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter
5735    |S| 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5736    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5740    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
5741    |N| IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
5742    |N| IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
5743    |S| SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
5744    |S| PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
5745    |S| PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SFP+Copper&RJ45 Adapter
5746    |S| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
5747    |S| IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge
5748    |S| POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
5749    |S| 4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)
5756    |N| IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
5757    |N| IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5758    |S| 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5759    |S| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5760    |N| PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller
5761    |N| PCI-X Fibre Chan Tape Controller
5762    |S| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5767    |S| 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
5768    |S| 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
5769    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
5771    |A| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5772    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
5773    |S| 4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5774    |S| 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5776    |N| PCI-X Disk Controller-90MB No IOP
5777    |N| PCI-X Disk Controller-1.5GB No IOP
5778    |N| PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
5782    |N| PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
5785    |S| 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5786    |N| TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr
5787    |N| TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Twr
5790    |N| PCI Expansion Drawer
5796    |S| PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer
5802    |S| 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk
5805    |S| PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5806    |N| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5877    |S| 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk
5886    |S| EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
5887    |S| EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
5899    |S| PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5900    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter
5901    |S| PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
5902    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5903    |N| PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5904    |N| PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
5907    |N| 36/72GB 4mm DAT72 SAS Tape Drive
5908    |S| PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)
5912    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
5913    |S| PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb
5915    |A| SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5916    |A| SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5917    |A| SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5918    |A| SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5921    |N| Non-paired PCIx SAS RAID Indicator
5922    |S| Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
5923    |S| Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator
5924    |S| Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
5925    |S| Shared EXP30 Indicator
5926    |S| SAS EX Cable 1.5m - Drawer to Drawer
5927    |S| Remote EXP30 Indicator
5951    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
5952    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
5953    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
5954    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
5955    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
5956    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
5957    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
5958    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
5959    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
5960    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
5961    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
5962    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
5963    |N| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
5964    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
5965    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
5966    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
5967    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
5968    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
5969    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
5970    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
5971    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
5972    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
5973    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
5974    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
5975    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
5976    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
5977    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
5978    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
5979    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
5980    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
5981    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
5982    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
5983    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
6001    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
6006    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
6007    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
6008    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
6029    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
6068    |A| Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
6069    |A| Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
6246    |S| 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6247    |S| 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6248    |A| 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
6249    |A| 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
6260    |S| Redundant or Base Power Supply for 7031 Model D24/T24 I/O
        | |Enclosure
6261    |S| Power Supply for 7031 Model D24/T24 I/O Enclosure
6263    |A| 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6272    |A| 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6312    |N| Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter
6417    |N| RIO-2 Bus Adapter
6438    |N| RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter for #5790
6446    |S| Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach - Short Run







6455    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord



6457    |S| Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach- Long Run
6458    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/IBM PDU (250V/10A)
6459    |N| 3.7m (12-Ft) 250V/10A RA Pwr Cd
6460    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6461    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6462    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6463    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6464    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6465    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6466    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6467    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord



6469    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/15A)
        | |U. S.
6470    |A| Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)
6471    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/15A)
6472    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/16A)
6473    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)
6474    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/13A)
6475    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)
6476    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6477    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)
6478    |A| Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6479    |S| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6487    |N| Power Cord 1.8M (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United
        | |States
6488    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/15A
        | |or 250V/10A )
6489    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A 380-415V Power Cord
6491    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A 200-240V Power Cord
6492    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A 200-240V Power Cord
6493    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6494    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6495    |S| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6496    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6497    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6498    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)



6577    |A| Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
6580    |A| Optional Rack Security Kit
6586    |S| Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
6651    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

6653    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord
 


6654    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
6655    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
6656    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord

6657    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord
 




6659    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6660    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/15A)



6665    |A| Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to Wall/IBM PDU, (250V/
        | |10A)



6669    |A| Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6670    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), PT #59
6671    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672    |A| Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)



6687    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)





6699    |N| RIO-2 Bus Adapter
6805    |S| PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP
6808    |S| PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP



6833    |S| PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP



7109    |S| Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
7112    |N| IBM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
7113    |N| OEM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
7114    |N| IBM/OEM Rack-Mount Drawer Rail Kit
7118    |A| Environmental Monitoring Probe
7134    |S| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7135    |S| OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7145    |S| IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
7188    |A| Power Distribution Unit
7200    |N| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7201    |N| OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7204    |N| Quantity 150 of #2124
7205    |N| Quantity 150 of #2125
7206    |N| Quantity 150 of #2126
7207    |N| Quantity 150 of #2127
7208    |N| Quantity 150 of #2128
7213    |N| Quantity 150 of #2138

7277    |N| 1-core Smart Business Edition
7278    |N| 2-core Smart Business Edition
7279    |N| 4-core Smart Business Edition
 




7307    |N| Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
7311    |S| Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
7314    |S| I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure
7504    |N| Quantity 150 of #4319
7508    |N| Quantity 150 of #4326
7509    |N| Quantity 150 of #4327
7510    |N| Quantity 150 of #4328
7511    |N| Quantity 150 of #4329
7514    |N| Quantity 150 of #5741
7517    |S| Quantity 150 of #3676
7518    |S| Quantity 150 of #3677
7519    |S| Quantity 150 of #3678
7535    |S| Quantity 150 of #3586
7536    |S| Quantity 150 of #3587
7538    |S| Quantity 150 of #3658
7549    |S| Quantity 150 of #3647
7564    |S| Quantity 150 of #3648
7565    |S| Quantity 150 of #3649
7567    |S| IBM Tower Cover Set
7568    |S| OEM Tower Cover Set
7703    |N| Power Supply, 950 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant
7780    |S| 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
7801    |S| Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |Unit
7802    |A| Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |Unit
7840    |S| Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
7841    |S| Ruggedize Rack Kit
7863    |N| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III
7983    |N| PowerVM Express
8143    |A| Linux Software Preinstall
8144    |A| Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)
8308    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape
8310    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with
        | |External SAS Port
8340    |N| Enhanced DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape
        | |with External SAS Port
8341    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape
8345    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape; with External
        | |SAS Port
8346    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with
        | |External SAS Port
8497    |N| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
8498    |N| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
8506    |N| PowerVM Standard
8507    |N| PowerVM Enterprise
8790    |N| DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
8800    |N| Keyboard - USB, US English, #103P
8801    |N| Keyboard - USB, French, #189
8802    |N| Keyboard - USB, Italian, #142
8803    |N| Keyboard - USB, German/Austrian, #129
8804    |N| Keyboard - USB, UK English, #166
8805    |N| Keyboard - USB, Spanish, #172
8806    |N| Keyboard - USB, Japanese, #194
8807    |N| Keyboard - USB, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
8808    |N| Keyboard - USB, Canadian French, #058
8810    |N| Keyboard - USB, Belgium/UK, #120
8811    |N| Keyboard - USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
8812    |N| Keyboard - USB, Danish, #159
8813    |N| Keyboard - USB, Bulgarian, #442
8814    |N| Keyboard - USB, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
8816    |N| Keyboard - USB, Norwegian, #155
8817    |N| Keyboard - USB, Dutch, #143
8818    |N| Keyboard - USB, Portuguese, #163
8819    |N| Keyboard - USB, Greek, #319
8820    |N| Keyboard - USB, Hebrew, #212
8821    |N| Keyboard - USB, Hungarian, #208
8823    |N| Keyboard - USB, Polish, #214
8825    |N| Keyboard - USB, Slovakian, #245
8826    |N| Keyboard - USB, Czech, #243
8827    |N| Keyboard - USB, Turkish, #179
8829    |N| Keyboard - USB, LA Spanish, #171
8830    |N| Keyboard - USB, Arabic, #253
8833    |N| Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413
8834    |N| Keyboard - USB, Chinese/US, #467
8835    |N| Keyboard - USB, French Canadian, #445
8836    |N| Keyboard - USB, Thai, #191
8838    |N| Keyboard - USB, Russian, #443
8839    |N| Keyboard - USB, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
8840    |N| Keyboard - USB, US English (EMEA), #103P
8841    |S| Mouse - USB, with Keyboard Attachment Cable
8845    |S| USB Mouse
9169    |A| Order Routing Indicator- System Plant
9300    |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9359    |S| specify mode-1 & (1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9360    |S| Specify mode-1 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9361    |S| Specify mode-2 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9365    |S| Specify mode-4 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9366    |S| Specify mode-2 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9367    |S| Specify mode-1 & (2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
9368    |S| Specify mode-2 & (4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
9382    |S| Specify mode-1 & (1)5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
9383    |S| Specify mode-1 & (2) 5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
9384    |S| Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887
9385    |S| Specify mode-1 & (2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
9386    |S| Specify mode-2 & (4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
9388    |S| Specify Mode-1 & EXP30 for 1 EXP24S #5887
9440    |A| New AIX License Core Counter
9441    |A| New IBM i License Core Counter
9442    |A| New Red Hat License Core Counter
9443    |A| New SUSE License Core Counter
9444    |A| Other AIX License Core Counter
9445    |A| Other Linux License Core Counter
9446    |A| 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
9447    |A| VIOS Core Counter
9449    |A| Other License Core Counter
9461    |A| Month Indicator
9462    |A| Day Indicator
9463    |A| Hour Indicator
9464    |A| Minute Indicator
9465    |A| Qty Indicator
9466    |A| Countable Member Indicator
9467    |N| Power Supply, 950 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant
9468    |N| System port/UPS Conversion Cable
9469    |N| V.24/EIA232 24.4m (80-Ft) PCI Cable
9470    |N| Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
9471    |N| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5" DASD
9472    |N| SAS HH Cable
9473    |N| Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
9474    |N| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
9475    |N| IBM/OEM Rack-Mount Drawer Rail Kit
9476    |N| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
9477    |N| EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
9478    |N| SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
9479    |N| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M
9481    |N| Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
9482    |N| SAS RAID Enablement
9483    |N| PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
9484    |N| 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
9485    |N| GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach
9486    |N| IBM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
9487    |N| Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)
9488    |N| Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/3.5" DASD
9489    |N| SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
9490    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with
        | |External SAS Port
9495    |N| 2-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
9497    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #9495
9498    |N| 4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
9499    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #9498
9506    |N| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM
9633    |N| Power 520 1-core Entry Express Edition for IBM i
9634    |N| Power 520 1-core Growth Express Edition for IBM i
9635    |N| Power 520 2-Core Solution Edition for IBM i
9636    |N| Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (30 user)
9637    |N| Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (150 user)
9638    |N| Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (Unlimited user)
9639    |N| Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (50 user)
9640    |N| Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (150 user)
9643    |N| Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (Unlimited user)
9647    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape; with External
        | |SAS Port
9676    |N| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
9677    |N| 8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM
9678    |N| 16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM
9679    |N| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
9680    |N| 1-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
9681    |N| 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
9682    |N| 4-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
9683    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5634
9684    |N| IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
9685    |N| 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
9686    |N| 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive
9688    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5635
9690    |N| DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
9692    |N| 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
9697    |N| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
9698    |N| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
9700    |A| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9706    |A| Language Group Specify - Norwegian
9707    |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |A| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |A| Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9726    |A| Language Group Specify - Croatian
9727    |A| Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
9728    |A| Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
9729    |A| Language Group Specify - Thai
B0LG    |S| ServicePac Not Selected
B0LH    |S| Service Renewal Requested
B0UQ    |A| SP WSU 3Y 24x7 SD
B0VH    |A| SP HDR/MR POWER 3Y
EB2W    |S| EXP30 Carrier for 1.8-inch SSD
EB34    |A| IBM i 6.1.1 Native I/O Enablement
EB72    |S| IBM i 7.2 Indicator
EB73    |A| IBM i 7.3 Indicator
EC01    |S| Rack Front Door (Black)
EC02    |S| Rack Rear Door
EC03    |S| Rack Side Cover
EC04    |S| Rack Suite Attachment Kit
EC07    |A| Slim Rear Acoustic Door
EC08    |A| Slim Front Acoustic Door
EC15    |S| Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
EC21    |S| PowerVM EE for Small Server
EC27    |S| PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter
EC28    |S| PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SFP+ Adapter
EC29    |S| PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
EC2G    |S| PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter
EC2H    |A| PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFN5162F Adapter
EC2J    |S| PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFN6122F Adapter
EC2K    |A| PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFN5162F Adapter
EC2M    |S| PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
EC2N    |S| PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
EC30    |S| PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
EC37    |S| PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EC38    |S| PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EC41    |S| PCIe2 LP 3D Graphics Adapter x1
EC42    |S| PCIe2 3D Graphics Adapter x1
ECB0    |A| 0.6m (2.0-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
ECB2    |A| 1.5m (4.9-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
ECBB    |S| SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to 12X
        | |Enclosure (AT)
ECBJ    |A| SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBK    |A| SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBL    |S| SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBM    |A| SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBT    |A| SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBU    |A| SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBV    |A| SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBW    |A| SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBX    |S| SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBY    |A| SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBZ    |A| SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECC0    |A| SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC2    |A| SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC3    |A| SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC4    |S| SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter



ECSC    |A| Custom Service Specify, Shenzhen, China
 




ECSM    |A| Custom Service Specify, Mexico
ECSP    |A| Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA
ECSS    |A| Integrated Solution Packing
ECW0    |A| Optical Wrap Plug
EDR1    |S| EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer
EHSS    |A| SPSS on Power Solution Indicator
EH10    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
EH11    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for AIX/Linux
EH12    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i
EH13    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD converted for IBM i
EH14    |S| GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD
EH16    |S| GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0D 387GB SSD
        | |(IBM i)
EJ01    |S| Storage Backplane -- 8 SFF Bays/175MB RAID/Dual IOA
EJ02    |S| Split Drive Bay Capability for #5618
EJ03    |S| GX++ 2-port PCIe2 x8 Adapter
EJ04    |S| GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach
EJ10    |S| PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ11    |S| PCIe3 LP SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ27    |S| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
EJ28    |S| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
EJ0J    |S| PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ0L    |S| PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ0M    |S| PCIe3 LP RAID SAS ADAPTER Quad-Port 6Gb x8
EJP1    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (1)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24S #5887
EJP2    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24S #5887
EJP3    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)ESA1/ESA2 & (2) X for EXP24S #5887 or
        | | #EL1S
EJP4    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (4)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24S #5887
EJP5    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (4)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24S #5887
EJP6    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (1)ESA1/ESA2 & (2) YO for EXP24S #5887 or
        | | #EL1S
EJP7    |S| Specify Mode-2 (2 )ESA1/ESA2 & (2) YO for EXP24 #5887 or
        | | #EL1S
EJPA    |S| Specify mode-2 (1) ESA1/ESA2 & (1) YO for EXP24 #5887 or
        | | #EL1S
EJPB    |S| Specify mode-2 (2)ESA1/ESA2 & (1) X for EXP24#5887 or #EL1S
EJPC    |S| Specify mode-4 (1)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24 #5887
EJPD    |S| Specify mode-4 (2)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24 #5887
EJPE    |S| Specify mode-4 (3)ESA1/ESA2 for EXP24 #5887
EJPJ    |S| Specify mode-2 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
EJPK    |S| Specify mode-2 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
EJPL    |S| Specify mode-4 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
EJPM    |S| Specify mode-4 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
EJPN    |S| Specify mode-4 (3)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887
EJPR    |S| Specify mode-2 (2)5903/5805 for EXP24 #5887
EJPT    |S| Specify mode-2 (2)5913 for EXP24 #5887
EJPY    |A| Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to ESA1/ESA2
EJPZ    |A| Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to ESA1/ESA2
EJR1    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S))
EJR2    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S))
EJR3    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) X for EXP24S
        | | (#5887/EL1S)
EJR4    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR5    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR6    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S
        | | (#5887/EL1S)
EJR7    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B  & (2) YO for EXP24S
        | | (#5887/EL1S)
EJRA    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) YO for EXP24S
        | | (#5887/El1S)
EJRB    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) X for EXP24S
        | | (#5887/EL1S)
EJRC    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRD    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRE    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/EL1S)
EJRP    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRR    |S| Specify mode-2 & (4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
EJRS    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRT    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRU    |A| Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
EJRW    |A| Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe3 12GB RAID SAS
        | |Adapter
EJRX    |A| Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe3 12GB RAID SAS
        | |Adapter
EJRY    |A| Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe3 RAID SAS
        | |Adapter
EJRZ    |A| Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe3 RAID SAS
        | |Adapter
EJS1    |A| Non-paired Indicator ESA3 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
EJS2    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
EJS3    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
EJS4    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (4)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
EJS5    |A| Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe2 1.8GB RAID
        | |SAS Adapter
EJS6    |A| Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe2 1.8GB RAID
        | |SAS Adapter
EK51    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
EK52    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
EK53    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
EK54    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
EK55    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
EK56    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
EK57    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
EK58    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
EK59    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
EK60    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
EK61    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
EK62    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
EK64    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
EK65    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
EK66    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
EK67    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
EK68    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
EK69    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
EK70    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
EK71    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
EK72    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
EK73    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
EK74    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
EK75    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
EK76    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
EK77    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
EK78    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
EK79    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
EK80    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
EK81    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
EK82    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
EK83    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
ELB8    |A| Power 720 AIX Solution Edition
ELC0    |A| PDU Access Cord 0.38m
ELPM    |A| Trial PowerVM Live Partition Mobility
ELS1    |S| #ES11 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-1)
ELS9    |S| #ES1A Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ELSF    |S| #ES0F Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-1)
ELSH    |S| #ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ELSK    |A| #ES0K Load Source Specify (387GB 1.8" SSD for IBM i)
ELSJ    |A| #ESDJ Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-1 )
ELSN    |A| #ESDN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-2 )
ELT9    |S| #ES79 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
ELTF    |S| #ES7F Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
EM01    |S| Memory Riser Card
EM08    |S| 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
EM4B    |S| 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 4Gb DDR3 DRAM
EM4C    |S| 32GB (2x16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 4Gb DDR3 DRAM
EM4D    |S| 64GB (2x32GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 4Gb DDR3 DRAM
EN01    |A| 1m (3.3-ft), 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN02    |A| 3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN03    |A| 5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN05    |A| PCIe x8 Cable 1.5m
EN07    |A| PCIe x8 Cable 3m
EN13    |S| PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter



EN27    |S| 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
EN28    |S| PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
EN29    |S| 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
EN0A    |S| PCIe2 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0B    |S| PCIe2 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0H    |S| PCIe2 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
EN0J    |S| PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
EN0K    |S| PCIe2 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
EN0L    |S| PCIe2 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
EN0S    |S| PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
EN0T    |S| PCIe2 LP 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
EN0U    |S| PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
EN0V    |S| PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
EN0W    |S| PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
EN0X    |S| PCIe2 LP 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
EN0Y    |S| PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EPCK    |S| 4-core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ Processor Module
EPCL    |S| 6-core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ Processor Module
EPCM    |S| 8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7+ Processor Module
EPDK    |S| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPCK
EPDL    |S| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPCL
EPDM    |S| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPCM
EPE5    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPC5
EPE6    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPC6
EPE7    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPC7
EPEK    |S| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPCK
EPEL    |S| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPCL
EPEM    |S| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPCM
EQ02    |S| Quantity 150 of #3452 SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to
        | |Enclosure
EQ03    |A| Quantity 150 of #3453 SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to
        | |Enclosure
EQ0C    |S| Quantity of 150 #ES0C
EQ0D    |S| Quantity of 150 #ES0D
EQ0G    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0G (775GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ0H    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0H (775GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ19    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES19 (387GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ1A    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES1A (387GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ38    |S| Quantity 150 of #1738 (856GB SFF-2 disk)
EQ52    |S| Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
EQ78    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES78 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ79    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES79 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ7E    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES7E 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ7F    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES7F 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQD2    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESD2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
EQD3    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
EQDN    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESDN (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for IBM
        | |i)
EQDP    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESDP (600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for AIX/
        | |LINUX)
ER05    |S| 42U Slim Rack
ERF1    |A| RFID Tags for Servers, Compute Nodes, Chassis, Racks, and
        | |HMCs
ES02    |S| 387GB 1.8" SAS SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES04    |S| 387GB 1.8" SAS SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ES09    |S| IBM Flash Adapter 90 (PCIe2 0.9TB)
ES0A    |S| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0B    |S| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ES0C    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0D    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ES0E    |S| 775GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0F    |A| 775GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
ES0G    |A| 775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0H    |A| 775GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES0J    |S| 387GB 1.8" SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0K    |S| 387GB 1.8" SSD for IBM i
ES10    |S| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES11    |A| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
ES19    |A| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES1A    |A| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES78    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES79    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
ES7E    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES7F    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
ESA1    |S| PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter Dual-port 6Gb
ESA2    |S| PCIe2 LP RAID SAS Adapter Dual-port 6Gb
ESA3    |S| PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb CR
ESC0    |A| S&H - No Charge
ESC6    |A| S&H-b
ESD0    |S| 1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (IBM i)
ESD1    |S| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESD2    |S| 1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBMi)
ESD3    |S| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESDJ    |S| 571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive - 528 Block (IBM i)
ESDK    |S| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/Linux)
ESDN    |S| 571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 528 Block
ESDP    |S| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 5xx Block
ESR2    |S| Six ES02 387GB 1.8" SAS SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ESR4    |S| Six ES04 387GB 1.8" SAS SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ESRA    |S| Four ES0A 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ESRB    |S| Four ES0B 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ESRC    |S| Four ES0C 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ESRD    |S| Four ES0D 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ESRE    |A| Four ES10 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESRF    |A| Four ES11 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
ESRG    |A| Four ES19 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESRH    |A| Four ES1A 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESRJ    |A| Six ES0J 387GB 1.8" SSD for AIX/Linux
ESRK    |A| Six ES0K 387GB 1.8" SSD for IBM i
EU01    |A| 1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU03    |S| RDX USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU04    |S| RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU07    |S| RDX SATA Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU08    |S| RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
EU11    |S| 2.5/6.25TB LTO-6 SAS Tape Drive, Half-high
EU15    |S| 1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU16    |S| 80/160GB DAT160 USB Tape Drive
EU17    |S| 2.5 TB LTO-6 Tape Cartridge
EU18    |S| 5-Pack of #EU17
EU19    |A| Cable Ties & Labels
EU24    |A| Cognos on Power - Small
EU25    |A| Cognos on Power - Large
EU28    |S| 25th Anniversary Edition

EU29    |A| Order Placed Indicator
 


EU2T    |A| 2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)
EUC0    |A| Software preload define
EUC1    |A| Software preload define
EUC2    |A| Software preload define
EUC3    |A| Software preload define
EUC6    |A| Core Use HW Feature
EUC7    |A| Core Use HW Feature 10X

Feature descriptions


Note: Not all of the following features are available in all countries. Check with your country representative for specific feature availability.

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM Power Systems 8202 machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0004) - EMEA Bulk MES Indicator
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0010) - One CSC Billing Unit

One Billing Unit used by the Customer Solution Center.

  • Attributes provided: One CSC Billing Unit
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0011) - Ten CSC Billing Units

Ten Billing Units used by the Customer Solutions Center.

  • Attributes provided: Ten CSC Billing Units
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0032) - Specify Code for External High Speed Modem

This specify feature is required if an external high speed modem is to be shipped with the system. The exact machine type-model of the modem shipped will vary based on what is currently stocked in manufacturing.

This feature code cannot be ordered in the following countries: Albania, Angola, Armenia, Bahamas, Belize, Brunei, Ghana, Kenya, Macedonia, Moldavia, Nigeria, Rep Dominica, Santa Lucia, Serbia, Trinidad & Tobago, Zambia.

  • Attributes provided: Attached Modem
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0034) - Specify Code for Alternate External High Speed Modem

This specify feature provides alternative modem to the primary external modem (#0032).

This feature code cannot be ordered in the following countries: Albania, Angola, Armenia, Bahamas, Belize, Brunei, Ghana, Kenya, Macedonia, Moldavia, Nigeria, Rep Dominica, Santa Lucia, Serbia, Trinidad & Tobago, Zambia.

  • Attributes provided: Attached Modem
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0040) - Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Device-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minimum of two (2) disk units
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0041) - Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: RAID Data Protection
  • Attributes required: RAID-capable disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0042) - Mirrored System IOP Level Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: IOP-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minimum of 4 (four) disk units
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0043) - Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems: The marketing configurator will error on an order if sufficient disk units, and expansion units are not included on the order to support bus-level mirrored protection for all disk units. New, preloaded systems will be shipped with bus-level mirroring enabled.

  • Attributes provided: Bus-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minimum of 2 (two) disk units
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0047) - Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: RAID-6 Data Protection
  • Attributes required: RAID-6 capable disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0050) - IBM Express Seller Indicator

This feature is a no-charge feature used for administrative purposes by IBM and IBM Business Partners.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0098) - Special Manufacturing Operations Indicator

This feature is a no-charge feature that indicates special manufacturing operations are to be performed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0099) - SBO Indicator

This feature is a no-charge feature used for administrative purposes by IBM and IBM Business Partners.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0205) - RISC-to-RISC Data Migration

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

#0205 is used on initial orders to designate that the new server should only receive a partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.

When #0205 is on the order, manufacturing will only load SLIC and up through QSYS of IBM i. Ensure that enough storage is ordered to contain the additional OS code that will be loaded following installation of the system at the Client location. Specify code #0205 is mutually exclusive with #5000, SW Preload Required

The migration process requires that the installed model be at the same version and release level of IBM i and other licensed programs as the new server.

More information, and an updated IBM i Upgrade and Data Migration Road Map (RISC-RISC) are available at

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/iseries/
  • Attributes provided: Partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.
  • Attributes required: #2145 - Primary OS - IBM i and partition specify code #0267 and RISC to RISC Data Migration from Clients existing system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0265) - AIX Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the AIX operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended AIX partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the AIX operating system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0266) - Linux Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the Linux operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended Linux partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the Linux operating system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0267) - IBM i Operating System Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the IBM i operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended IBM i partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the IBM i operating system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0275) - CSC Specify

Having #0275 on the order, will cause the order content to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester). Maximum of one per order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0290) - Ext Tape Attached via #5736

Each #0290 is used to indicate one external port of a #5736 will be used to control an external tape device.

  • Attributes provided: Placement code for IBM Configurator Tools
  • Attributes required: #5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0296) - Specify Custom Data Protection

#0296 specifies that a system has multiple IBM i partitions and that data protection schemes should be considered separately for each partition instead of only for an overall system level. Each partition's data protection scheme can be different or the same.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0302) - Specify EXP24 Attach via Existing Controller

This specify code is used to help IBM configuration tools. It is used on an EXP24 Disk Enclosure MES order to indicate that an already installed disk controller will be used to control an EXP24 6 pack or 12 pack of disk drives. Fewer disk controllers or disk controller ports are therefore required on the EXP24 MES order. The marketing configurator will determine the quantity (if any) of #0302 on a given EXP24 Disk Enclosure MES order.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Existing SCSI disk controller port being used to connect to an EXP24 enclosure
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0308) - Mirrored Level System Specify Code

This specify code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems, the marketing configurator will show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not included on the order to support IOA-level mirroring protection. #0308 causes all disk units to be placed into configurations capable of IOA-level mirroring. Each disk unit and its mirrored pair must be on a different disk controller.

Note that the load source disk unit in a new, preloaded system will be device-level mirrored (same protection as provided with feature #0040). This means that the load source is controlled by the first disk unit controller on the first system bus, and will be mirrored with a like disk unit that is also attached to the same first disk controller on the first system bus.

For upgrade orders, #0308 will cause the marketing configurator to show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not available to provide the capability to enable IOA-level mirrored protection for all DASD.

It is the client's responsibility to start mirroring on their system.

  • Attributes provided: IOA level system mirroring
  • Attributes required: A minimum of two disk controllers and an even number of disk units (with a minimum of four disk units on a system).
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0325) - IPCS Extension Cables for NT

(No Longer Available as of May 8, 2007)

This feature provides extension cables for the display, mouse and keyboard that are required when running an IXS with the NT operating system. This feature should be used when longer cables are required to attach the display, mouse, and keyboard to the IXS.

Note that the keyboard cable supplied with this feature is for a standard keyboard connection, not a USB attached keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity for keyboard, display and mouse
  • Attributes required: Integrated xSeries Server with NT Operating System, keyboard, display and mouse.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0347) - RAID Hot Spare Specify

#0347 is a specify code that indicates to IBM configuration tools and to IBM Manufacturing that RAID-5 or RAID-6 disk arrays should be further protected using the IBM i function of RAID hot spare. If specified, IBM will ship a configuration which has at least one stand-by disk drive for each disk controller in the system or designated partition. The customer may alter the hot spare configuration selecting different options once the system is installed.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Existence of #0041 or #0047
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0348) - V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 120 (Initial order maximum: 120)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0349) - V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0353) - V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0354) - V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0356) - V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.36 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0359) - X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0360) - X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0365) - V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 80-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0367) - V.24/EIA232 6.1M (20-Ft) PCI Cable

A #0367 requires one RVX port (communications port, not modem port). A customer can select a #0367 for each IBM i partition. There is a max of one #0367 per card. If a card has two RVX ports, a #0367 can connect to one port and the other port can be used for other comm support. Features supporting the #0367 cable are #6833, #6834. If a system has #5544, then at a minimum, one #0367 is required.

This feature ships a PCI card compatible Operations Console cable. This cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0368) - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft. PCI Cable with M3

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or an EIA232 electrical interface with M3 attachment screws. For Germany.

  • Attributes provided: Cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0373) - UPS Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a UPS ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model UPS.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0374) - HMC Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that an HMC ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model is associated with the system order and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model HMC.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0375) - Display Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a display ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model display.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0376) - Reserve Rack Space for UPS

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the bottom of the rack for later client installation of a UPS.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0377) - Reserve Rack Space for HMC

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of a rack-mounted HMC.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0378) - Reserve Rack Space for Display

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of an HMC rack-mounted display such as the 7316.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0444) - CBU Specify

This specify code indicates this system has been properly registered as a Capacity BackUp system and has, through that registration been authorized to temporarily receive IBM i Operating System License Entitlements and either 5250 Processor Enablement entitlements or IBM i user entitlements, from a primary system under the conditions specified at the time the system was registered. This feature is an indicator only, authorization to use this system as a backup is obtained only by registering the system with IBM on the CBU website at

www.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/cbu
  • Attributes provided: Indicates the system has been registered for use as a CBU system for IBM i License entitlement purposes.
  • Attributes required: # 2145 Primary OS - IBM i or #0267 IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0446) - 512MB DDR Server Memory

512 MB DDR memory for an Integrated xSeries Server.

  • Attributes provided: 512MB memory for Integrated xSeries Server
  • Attributes required: One memory slot on Integrated xSeries Server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0447) - 1GB DDR Server Memory

1 GB DDR memory for an Integrated xSeries Server.

  • Attributes provided: 1GB memory for Integrated xSeries Server
  • Attributes required: One memory slot on Integrated xSeries Server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0456) - Customer Specified Placement

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

  1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.
  2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as may happen if the order is placed without this feature code.
  3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required).
  4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP website http://www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
  5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.
  • Attributes provided: I/O component placement
  • Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP website. (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0462) - SSD Placement Indicator - CEC

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0463) - SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0464) - SSD Placement Indicator - 5886

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0465) - SSD Placement Indicator - 5887

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0533) - IBM i 5.4 w/ V5R4M5 Specify Code

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i operating system is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 5.4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code Indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0534) - IBM i 6.1 Specify Code

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 6.1 indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0551) - 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

Provides a 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack with 36 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0551:

  • #6068 - Optional Front Door for 1.8m Rack
  • #6263 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6248 - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

The following features are also orderable on the #0551:

  • #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
  • #6580 - Optional Rack Security Kit
  • #7840 - Side-By-Side for 1.8m Racks
  • #7841 - Ruggedize Rack Kit

The #0551 can support up to eight PDUs, four mounted vertically and four mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.8M, 36 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: #6068 or #6246 or #6248 or #6263.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0553) - 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0553:

  • #6069 - Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
  • #6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit (w/d 5/28/2010)
  • #6272 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6249 - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

The #0553 can support up to nine power distribution units (PDU), four mounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: #6069 or #6247 or #6272 or #6249
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0555) - 19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack

Provides a 19-inch, 1.3 meter (49-inch) high rack with 25 EIA units of total space for installing rack-mounted CECs and/or expansion units. The #0555 includes lockable front and rear doors. Filler panels and perforated doors are included to help provide proper airflow and cooling.

PDU and power cord features are available for ordering with the rack. This rack does not feature side pockets for PDU mounting. All PDUs must mount horizontally in EIA space.

  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.3M, 25 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0566) - IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code

(No longer available as of October 22, 2019)

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0567) - IBM i 7.1 Specify Code

(No longer available as of October 19, 2018)

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.1 indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0588) - PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack

(No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

#0588 is the equivalent of a #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit, but the #0588 is a rack mounted unit. An #0588 is eight EIA units high and has 14 PCI-X slots for PCI IOPs and IOAs. Disk units and removable media are not supported in the #0588. The #0588 cannot be converted to a #5088. A #5088 cannot be converted to a #0588.

PCI IOAs are supported by feature #3705/#2844 PCI IOPs. A #2844 may be used in a #0588.

The #0588 has two redundant 575W power supplies and two integrated PDU compatible line cords. Both line cords may be connected to the same PDU or to separate PDUs in a rack. When the line cords are connected to separate PDUs, and those PDUs are connected to two different power sources, the #0588 has dual line cord capability.

A bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system is included.

Cables must be ordered to attach to the RIO-2 ports.

Select the appropriate cable(s) based on desired cable length.

  • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 - 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 - 3.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 - 10m RIO-2 Cable
  • #1485 - 15m RIO-2 Cable

For each I/O tower/unit select one of the following SPCN cables:

  • #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable -supported only
  • #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable - supported only
  • #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable
  • Attributes provided: 14 PCI-X slots
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 cables, SPCN cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0595) - PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer

Feature #0595 is a rack mounted Remote I/O drawer. The #0595 has seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and supports up to 12 SCSI disk units. #0595 uses five EIA units of space in a 19 inch rack.

  • Attributes provided: 7 PCI slots and 12 disk positions
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 interface
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0599) - Rack Filler Panel Kit

Provides rack filler panels for IBM 19-inch racks. The #0599 provides three 1-EIA -unit filler panels and one 3-EIA-unit filler panel. These are snap-on panels.

  • Attributes provided: Snap on rack filler panels
  • Attributes required: 19-inch rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0694) - #5094 Equivalent

A #0694 is used by the marketing configurator to keep track of which units within a #5294 are connected to this system.

For each #5294 ordered, the marketing configurator adds two #0694 specify codes. #0694s maybe added to, or deleted from, system inventory records, but at least one #0694 must exist for each #5294 on the inventory records. If an existing #5294 is to be shared between two systems, one #0694 must be removed from the system that the #5294 was ordered against, and one #0694 must be added to the other sharing system. The adds and deletes are done as record purpose only (RPO) changes.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: At least one #5294 or the sharing of a#5294/#8094(top unit) with another system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0696) - #5096 Equivalent

#0696 is used by the marketing configurator to keep track of which units within a #5296 are connected to this system.

For each #5296 ordered, the marketing configurator will add two #0696 specify codes. #0696s maybe added to, or deleted from system inventory records, but at least one #0696 must exist for each #5296 on the inventory records. If an existing #5296 is to be shared between two systems, one #0696 must be removed from the system that the #5296 was ordered against, and one #0696 must be added to the other sharing system. These adds and deletes are done as record purpose only (RPO) changes.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: At least one #5296, or the sharing of a #5296 with another system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0712) - Power Cloud Integrated Solution Indicator For Order Routing

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

A manufacturing code used to identify when a Machine Type/Model is part of a Power Cloud solution or configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Manufacturing Routing Code
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0719) - Load Source Not in CEC

This specify feature indicates to the IBM Marketing configurator tools and IBM manufacturing that disk drives will not be placed in the system unit, but will be placed in I/O drawers or in external SAN attached disk.

  • Attributes provided: System unit(s) are shipped with no disk units placed inside.
  • Attributes required: Alternate load source specified
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0720) - Load Source in #0595

#0720 Specifies that i5/OS load source disk drive is placed in a #0595 I/O Expansion Unit.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #0595 drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0721) - Load Source in #5094/5294

#0721 Specifies that i5/OS load source disk drive is placed in a #5094 or #5294 I/O Expansion Unit.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #5094/#5294 tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0722) - #1787 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1787 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Load source specified
  • Attributes required: #1787
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0724) - #1996 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1996 SSD is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: #1996
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0725) - Specify Load Source in #5786

#0725 Specifies that load source disk drive is placed in a #5786 Disk Enclosure.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #5786 Disk Enclosure
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0726) - Specify Load Source in #5802/#5803/#5877

#0726 Specifies that load source HDD is placed in a #5802/#5803 or SSD (#2055) placed in #5802/#5877 I/O expansion unit.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
  • Attributes required: Available SAS drive bay in #5802/#5803 or a SSD (#2055) in #5802/ #5877 I/O expansion unit.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0727) - Specify #5886 Load Source placement

#0727 Specifies that Load/Source DASD are placed in an EXP 12S SAS DASD drawer.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0728) - Specify #5887 Load Source placement

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

#0728 Specifies that Load/Source DASD are placed in an EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0729) - Specify EXP30 Load Source placement

#0729 Specifies that Load/Source drives are placed in EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: SSD bay slot available in drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0777) - Power 720 4-core Express Edition for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This feature defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for the 8202-E4C.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator that minimum system configuration requirements have been met
  • Attributes required: Minimum system configuration
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0779) - Power 720 6-, 8-core Express Edition for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This feature defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for an 8202-E4C.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator that minimum system configuration requirements have been met
  • Attributes required: Minimum system configuration
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0830) - #4319 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4319 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: #4319 Disk
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0834) - #4326 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4326 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: #4326 Disk
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0835) - #4327 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4327 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: #4327 Disk
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0836) - #4328 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4328 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Load source disk identify
  • Attributes required: #4328 Disk
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0837) - SAN Load Source Specify

Indicates that a SAN drive is being used as the Load Source for the operating system.

  • Attributes provided: SAN load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: Fiber Channel adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0838) - #3676 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3676 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: feature #3676
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0839) - #3677 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3677 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: feature #3677
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0840) - #3678 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3678 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: feature #3678
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0841) - #4329 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #4329 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: #4329 Disk
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0844) - #3658 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3658 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: feature #3658
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0851) - #1884 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1884 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1884
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0853) - #1888 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1888 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: #1888
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0854) - #1909 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1909 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1909
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0855) - #3587 Load Source Specify
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #3587
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0856) - #1911 Load Source Specify
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1911
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0857) - #1916 Load Source Specify

The specify code indicates that a #1916 571GB SAS SFF disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes required: #1916
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0870) - #1879 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1879 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1879
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0871) - #1947 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1947 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1947
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0872) - #1948 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1948 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1948
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0874) - #1956 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1956 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1956
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0875) - #1962 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1962 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1962
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0876) - #1794 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1794 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1794
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0879) - #1737 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-1 disk)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This specify code indicates that a #1737 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1737
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0880) - #1738 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-2 disk)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

This specify code indicates that a #1738 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1738
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0882) - #ES04 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #ES04 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #ES04
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0893) - #ES0B Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #ES0B Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Feature ES0B
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0894) - #ES0D Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #ES0D Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Feature ES0D
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0907) - #ESD0 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-1)

Indicates that a #ESD0 (1.1 TB 10k rpm SFF-1 disk drive) is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: ESD0
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
    • IBM i IBM i 7.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0911) - #ESD2 Load Souce Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)

Indicates that a #ESD2 (1.1 TB 10k rpm SFF-2 disk drive) is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: ESD2
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
    • IBM i 7.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1010) - Modem Cable - Austria

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Austria modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1011) - Modem Cable - Belgium

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Belgium modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1012) - Modem Cable - Africa

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Africa modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1013) - Modem Cable - Israel

(No Longer Available as of November 15, 2003)

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1014) - Modem Cable - Italy

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Italy modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1015) - Modem Cable - France

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

France modem cable use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1016) - Modem Cable - Germany

(No longer available as of November 12, 2019)

Germany modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1017) - Modem Cable - UK

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

United Kingdom modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1018) - Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Iceland/Sweden modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1021) - Modem Cable - Fin/Nor

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Finland/Norway modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1022) - Modem Cable - Netherlands

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Netherlands modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1023) - Modem Cable - Swiss

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Switzerland modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1024) - Modem Cable - Denmark

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Denmark modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1025) - Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter. Select this cable for use with your modem if there is not another cable feature that is identified as specific to your country.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1103) - USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive

USB Internal Docking Station accommodates a removable RDX disk cartridge. The disks are in a protective rugged enclosure that plug into the docking station. Docking station holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes.

Highlights

  • USB 2.0
  • RDX docking station
  • Suitable for backup and restore as an alternative to using tape drives
  • Attributes provided: USB Internal Docking Station
  • Attributes required: One internal USB port and at least one RDX disk cartridge such as #1106, #1107 or #EU01. Requires HH bay in system unit. Can not be installed concurrently with a tape drive in the HH bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1104) - USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive

USB external Docking Station accommodates a removable RDX disk drive/cartridge. The disks are in a protective rugged enclosure that plug into the docking station. Docking station holds one removable rugged disk cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes.

Highlights

  • USB 2.0
  • RDX docking station
  • Suitable for backup and restore as an alternative to using tape drives
  • Attributes provided: USB External Docking Station, 3M USB cable, and 1.8M power cord. Universal Adapter 100-240 VAC, 50-60Hz input providing 15W DC output to the docking station.
  • Attributes required: One USB port and at least one RDX disk cartridge such as #1106, #1107 or #EU01.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: VIOS - Not Supported
(#1106) - USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX docking station such as #EU03, #EU04, #EU23, #1123, #1103, #1104 or #EU07. 160 GB is uncompressed. Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1106 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 160 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: RDX docking station
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • See RDX Docking Station
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1107) - USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides an RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX Internal and External docking station such as the #1103, #1104, #1123, #EU03, #EU04, #EU23 or #EU07. 500 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 1000 GB. Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1107 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 500 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: RDX docking station
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • See RDX Docking Station
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1111) - 3m, Blue Cat5e Cable

This 3m Cat5e cable is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 3m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1112) - 10m, Blue Cat5e Cable

This 10m Cat5e cable is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors..

  • Attributes provided: 10m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1113) - 25m, Blue Cat5e Cable

This 25m Cat5e cable is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 25m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1311) - System Unique Identifier

After 255 scratch installs, the system ID counter wraps and a new system ID must be created. Feature #1311 can be ordered as an MES to regenerate a customer's system ID.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1406) - 200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1408) - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy

This feature provides a 4.3m 200V 16A line cord for use in Italy.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1413) - 125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of April 15, 2005)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1414) - 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1418) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1419) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1420) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1421) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1426) - 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1439) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1440) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1441) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1442) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1443) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1445) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1449) - 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1450) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH

(No Longer Available as of October 15, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1460) - 3m Copper RIO Cable

This feature provides a 3m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1461) - 6m Copper RIO Cable

This feature provides a 6m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1462) - 15m RIO Cable

This feature provides a 15m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1466) - 30m SPCN Cable

This feature provides a 30m SPCN cable for use in daisy chain connecting a tower/CEC unit to a tower unit as part of the System Power Control Network.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1474) - 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

This feature provides a 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

  • Attributes provided: One RIO to RIO-2 cable
  • Attributes required: One RIO port and one RIO-2 port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1475) - 10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

This feature provides a 10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1476) - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1477) - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd
  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1485) - Remote I/O Cable, 15M

This 15-meter RIO-2 cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1487) - 3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

A 3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable to connect a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

  • Attributes provided: One RIO to RIO-2 cable
  • Attributes required: One RIO port and one RIO-2 port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1700) - IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for NT

This feature provides a keyboard and mouse for use on the IXS which is required for running the Windows operating system. Note some IXS can support USB keyboards, the keyboard provided with this feature is a standard attached keyboard, not a USB attached keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard/Mouse for IXS-standard attach
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1737) - 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

856GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/ 5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 512 byte sectors and then used by AIX/Linux/VIOS.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 856GB of Disk Storage mounted Gen-1 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 -- 8 in CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1738) - 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

856GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen 2 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 512 byte sectors and used by AIX/ Linux/VIOS

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 856GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1751) - 900GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

900GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen-1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and then used by IBM i/AIX/Linux/VIOS

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 900GB of disk storage mounted in a gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 -- 8 in CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1752) - 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

900GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and then used by IBM i/AIX/Linux/VIOS

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 900GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF (SFF-2) SAS GEN2 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1775) - 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1775) and IBM i (#1787). #1775 and #1787 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or system unit SAS bays. CCIN is 58B3.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
  • Attributes required: One SFF-1 SAS bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • IBM i - not supported, use VIOS
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 -- 8 in CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1787) - 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1775) and IBM i (#1787). #1775 and #1787 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or system unit SAS bays. CCIN is 58B3.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
  • Attributes required: One SFF-1 SAS bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 -- 8 in CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1790) - 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

600GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen-1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 600GB of disk storage mounted in a gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 -- 8 in CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1793) - 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1793) and IBM i (#1794). #1793 and #1794 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF-2 or gen2 SAS bays such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B4.

Limitation: can not be used in Gen1 Bays such as the #5802/5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: One Gen2 SFF SAS drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1794) - 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1793) and IBM i (#1794). #1793 and #1794 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF-2 or gen2 SAS bays such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B4.

Limitation: can not be used in Gen1 Bays such as the #5802/5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: One Gen2 SFF SAS drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1817) - Quantity 150 of #1962

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1962 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1962
  • Attributes required: see feature #1962
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1818) - Quantity 150 of #1964

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1964 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1964
  • Attributes required: see feature #1964
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1827) - System port/UPS Conversion Cable

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This cable has 9 pin D-shell receptacle connectors on both ends. Its purpose is to convert an integrated system (serial) port to a UPS attach port. This cable is 0.14m (5.5 inches) long.

  • Attributes provided: System (serial) port conversion for UPS attachment
  • Attributes required: Integrated CEC system (serial) port or #3930 cable.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1828) - 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 1.5 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1829) - 0.6 Meter 12X Cable

When used with a 19-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter cable is used in a 12X channel external I/O Drawer attachment loop between two 12X channel I/O drawers in the same loop.

When used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter cable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer when both halves are included in the same 12X loop.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter 12X cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDR feature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)
(#1830) - 1.5 Meter 12X cable

This 1.5 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets your cabling needs. This cable can be attached to I/O Drawer adapters with or without repeaters.

  • Attributes provided: 1.5 Meter 12X cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDR feature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)
(#1834) - 8.0 Meter 12X Cable

This 8 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X cable length from those offered that best meets your cabling needs and the cable length restrictions for your application.

  • Attributes provided: 8.0 Meter 12X Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDR feature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)
(#1840) - 3.0 Meter 12X Cable

This 3 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets your cabling needs.

  • Attributes provided: 3.0 Meter 12x Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDR feature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)
(#1841) - 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 3 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1842) - 10 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 10 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1843) - Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/3.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's Operator Panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a Deskside system with 3.5" DASD.

  • Attributes provided: Cable connecting Op Panel to DASD Backplane
  • Attributes required: Feature number 3646, 3647, or 3648. Feature number 8341 or 8345.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1844) - Quantity 150 of #1956

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1956 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1956
  • Attributes required: see feature #1956
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1854) - 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This cable is an enhanced 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 10 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1856) - Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/2.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's operator panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a deskside system with 2.5" DASD.

  • Attributes provided: Cable connecting op panel to DASD backplane
  • Attributes required: Small Form Factor (2 1/2") disk drive. Feature number 8346.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1861) - 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

When used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter DDR cable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer when both halves are included in the same 12X loop.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter 12X DDR cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Use with #5796, Do not use for looping #5802
(#1862) - 1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This 1.5 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

  • Attributes provided: 1.5 Meter 12X DDR cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1864) - 8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This 8 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Meter 12X DDR Cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1865) - 3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This 3 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X DDR cable length from those offered that best meets your cabling needs and the cable length restrictions for your application.

  • Attributes provided: 3 Meter 12X DDR Cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1866) - Quantity 150 of #1917

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1917 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1917
  • Attributes required: see feature #1917
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1868) - Quantity 150 of #1947

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1947 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1947
  • Attributes required: see feature #1947
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1869) - Quantity 150 of #1925

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1925 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1925
  • Attributes required: see feature #1925
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1877) - Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's Operator Panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a Rack-mount drawer with 3.5" DASD.

  • Attributes provided: Cable connecting Op Panel to DASD Backplane
  • Attributes required: Feature number 3646, 3647, or 3648. Feature number 8341 or 8345.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1878) - Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's operator panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a rack-mount drawer with 2.5" DASD.

  • Attributes provided: Cable connecting op panel to DASD backplane
  • Attributes required: SFF disk drive. DASD backplane with external SAS port.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1879) - 283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

283 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-1 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as provided in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or POWER7 system unit. Disk is formatted for 528 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19A1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-2 bays such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 283GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-1 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1880) - 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-1 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or POWER7 system unit. Disk is formatted for 512 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19A1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-2 bays such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 300GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-1 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1882) - 146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

146.8GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SSF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 146.8GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1883) - 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

73.4 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1884) - 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

69.7 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 69.7 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 528 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1885) - 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

300GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. The disk supports the industry standard SAS interface. Systems that accept SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier accommodate this SAS disk.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SSF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1886) - 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

146.8 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1887) - Quantity 150 of #1793

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1793 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux) units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1793
  • Attributes required: see feature #1793
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1888) - 139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

139 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 139 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 528 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 139 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1890) - 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive

The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS drive bay in the 8203-E4A or 8204-E8A CEC or available SFF SAS bay in 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk. SAS Disk and SSD on same backplane is not supported.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1905) - 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#1909) - 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive

The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS drive bay in the 8203-E4A or 8204-E8A CEC or available SFF SAS bay in 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk. SAS Disk and SSD on same backplane is not supported.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1910) - 4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

    Please carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

(#1911) - 283GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

283 GB SFF SAS disk in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 283 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

  • Attributes provided: 283 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1912) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can only support external attach SCSI devices.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that are capable at running at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s).
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external SCSI devices only on Power7 Servers.
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#1916) - 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

571GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/ 5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 571GB of Disk Storage mounted Gen-1 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 8 supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802
(#1917) - 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

146GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) mounted in Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 146GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen-2 carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1925) - 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

300GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux). Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 300GB SFF disk drive mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF Gen-2 bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1927) - Quantity 150 of #1948

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1948 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1948
  • Attributes required: see feature #1948
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1929) - Quantity 150 of #1953

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1953 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1953
  • Attributes required: see feature #1953
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1947) - 139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

139GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i) Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 139GB SAS disk drive
  • Attributes required: One disk bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1948) - 283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

283 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 283GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1953) - 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer

  • Attributes provided: 300GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1954) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports
  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
  • 802.1q VLAN tagging
  • Interrupt Moderation
  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports
  • RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#1956) - 283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

283GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 283GB SAS disk drive
  • Attributes required: one drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1958) - Quantity 150 of #1794

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1794 177GB SSF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i) units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1794
  • Attributes required: see feature #1794
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1962) - 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

571GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen 1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 571GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1964) - 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

600GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 600GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF (SFF-2) SAS GEN2 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887
(#1968) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1969) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1970) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1971) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786
(#1972) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786
(#1973) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1977) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#1978) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.
Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.
Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#1978) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#1979) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.
Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#1980) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map
  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 8 in #5796
(#1981) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1982) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1983) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1983) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1979) is the preferred solution.
Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#1984) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.
Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1986) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#1987) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#1995) - 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The Solid State Drive (SSD) Module is a compact storage device about the size of a fat credit card which is placed in a socket of the #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapter. It is shipped from IBM with RAID formatting to provide 177 GB capacity for AIX/IBM i/Linux. Reformatted as JBOD under AIX/Linux provides 200 GB capacity but drops the extra protection RAID formatting provides.

Feature #1995 and #1996 are physically identical with CCIN = 58B2, but two features are used to allow IBM configurator tools to understand usage by either AIX/Linux or IBM i. #1995 indicates AIX/ Linux usage.

The #1995/1996 uses Enterprise Multi-Level Cell (eMLC) technology, to provide extremely reliable, cost effective, dense SSD storage. The 1.8" SSD module contains a NAND flash controller that provides a 3Gbit/sec SATA interface. Parallel access to 16 flash sites allows overlapped, multi-block access to complete data transfer requests rapidly. An embedded super capacitor ensures data integrity during power fail scenarios.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB (RAID) or 200GB(JBOD) formatted SSD Module
  • Attributes required: Available socket on the following controllers #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapter. Limit is 1, 2, 3 or 4 on each controller.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Requires available socket on a #2053, #2054 or #2055.
    • Max 4 per PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter
    • Supports VIOS attachment version 2.2 or later
(#1996) - 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of May 13, 2016)

The Solid State Drive (SSD) Module is a compact storage device about the size of a fat credit card which is placed in a socket of the #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapter. It is shipped from IBM with RAID formatting to provide 177 GB capacity for AIX/IBM i/Linux. Reformatted as JBOD under AIX/Linux provides 200 GB capacity but drops the extra protection RAID formatting provides.

Feature #1995 and #1996 are physically identical with CCIN = 58B2, but two features are used to allow IBM configurator tools to understand usage by either AIX/Linux or IBM i. #1995 indicates AIX/ Linux usage.

The #1995/1996 uses Enterprise Multi-Level Cell (eMLC) technology, to provide extremely reliable, cost effective, dense SSD storage. The 1.8" SSD module contains a NAND flash controller that provides a 3Gbit/sec SATA interface. Parallel access to 16 flash sites allows overlapped, multi-block access to complete data transfer requests rapidly. An embedded super capacitor ensures data integrity during power fail scenarios.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB formatted SSD Module
  • Attributes required: Available socket on the following controllers #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapter. Limit is 1, 2, 3 or 4 on each controller.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Requires available socket on a #2053, #2054 or #2055.
    • Max 4 per PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter
    • Supports VIOS attachment version 2.2 or later
(#2053) - PCIe LP RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb

(No Longer Available as of May 13, 2016)

PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GB is a double-wide, short, PCIE-8x, Solid State Drive (SSD) module controller. Each adapter has four slots and each slot can hold a SSD feature modules. Two feature SDD modules are available. #1995 for AIX/Linux and #1996 for IBM i. Initial orders require a minimum of 1 SSD feature module and can be increased to 2, 3, or 4 modules. SSD modules must be either all #1995 or all #1996. There are no external ports and no cables of any type attach/connect to PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter.
Note: On certain IBM Power and the IBM PowerLInux servers a maximum of two 1995/1996 modules per #2053 are allowed. To have more than two 1995/1996 modules per #2053 RPQ 8A1859 can be used.

The PCIe adapter provides RAID 0, 5 or 6 is for AIX and Linux for SSD modules on the PCIe adapter. It provides RAID 5 or 6 for IBM i. Mirroring is supported on all OS types. If RAID 0 is used, the modules must be mirrored. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter does not provide write cache.

SSD modules can not be added/removed/replaced until the PCIe adapter is removed from the PCIe slot.

Though the electronics are identical and there is one CCIN (57CD), there are three feature codes for the adapter: #2053 Low Profile non-cassette for use in CECs with low profile slots, #2054 non-cassette with tail stock for a full regular height PCIe slot, and #2055 with Blind Swap Cassette for use in #5802 or #5877 PCIe I/ O drawers. There are also #4367 and #4377 which are packages shipping five PCIe adapters and twenty SSD modules.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb with 4 SSD slots
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCIe slots. Each #2053 requires 1, 2, 3 or 4 SSDs, either #1995 or #1996
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2054) - PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb

(No Longer Available as of May 13, 2016)

PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GB is a double-wide, short, PCIE-8x, Solid State Drive (SSD) module controller. Each adapter has four slots and each slot can hold a SSD feature modules. Two feature SDD modules are available. #1995 for AIX/Linux and #1996 for IBM i Initial orders require a minimum of 1 SSD feature module and can be increased to 2 or 4 modules. 3 SSD modules on one adapter is not supported. SSD modules must be either all #1995 or all #1996. There are no external ports and no cables of any type attach/connect to PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter.

The PCIe adapter provides RAID 0, 5 or 6 is for AIX and Linux for SSD modules on the PCIe adapter. It provides RAID 5 or 6 for IBM i. Mirroring is supported on all OS types. If RAID 0 is used, the modules must be mirrored. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter does not provide write cache.

SSD modules can not be added/removed/replaced until the PCIe adapter is removed from the PCIe slot.

Though the electronics are identical and there is one CCIN (57CD), there are three feature codes for the adapter: #2053 Low Profile non-cassette for use in CECs with low profile slots, #2054 non-cassette with tail stock for a full regular height PCIe slot, and #2055 with Blind Swap Cassette for use in #5802 or #5877 PCIe I/ O drawers. There are also #4367 and #4377 which are packages shipping five PCIe adapters and twenty SSD modules.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb with 4 SSD slots
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCIe slots, each #2053 requires 1, 2 or 4 SSD #1995 or #1996
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2055) - PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette

(No Longer Available as of May 13, 2016)

PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GB is a double-wide, short, PCIE-8x, Solid State Drive (SSD) module controller. Each adapter has four slots and each slot can hold a SSD feature modules. Two feature SDD modules are available. #1995 for AIX/Linux and #1996 for IBM i Initial orders require a minimum of 1 SSD feature module and can be increased to 2 or 4 modules. 3 SSD modules on one adapter is not supported. SSD modules must be either all #1995 or all #1996. There are no external ports and no cables of any type attach/connect to PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter.

The PCIe adapter provides RAID 0, 5 or 6 is for AIX and Linux for SSD modules on the PCIe adapter. It provides RAID 5 or 6 for IBM i. Mirroring is supported on all OS types. If RAID 0 is used, the modules must be mirrored. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter does not provide write cache.

SSD modules can not be added/removed/replaced until the PCIe adapter is removed from the PCIe slot.

Though the electronics are identical and there is one CCIN (57CD), there are three feature codes for the adapter: #2053 Low Profile non-cassette for use in CECs with low profile slots, #2054 non-cassette with tail stock for a full regular height PCIe slot, and #2055 with Blind Swap Cassette for use in #5802 or #5877 PCIe I/ O drawers. There are also #4367 and #4377 which are packages shipping five PCIe adapters and twenty SSD modules.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb with 4 SSD slots
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCIe slots, each #2055 requires 1, 2 or 4 SSD #1995 or #1996
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • Maximum of 5 per #5802/#5877
(#2114) - PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2124) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter for I/O drawer attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Interface to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2125) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2126) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 meter for attachment to I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2127) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 meters for attachment to I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2128) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 meters for attachment to I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2138) - 0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 0.55 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2145) - Primary OS - IBM i

Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2146) - Primary OS - AIX

Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2147) - Primary OS - Linux

Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2319) - Factory Deconfiguration of 1-core

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

Factory deconfiguration of 1 processor core to assist with optimization of software licensing. The maximum number of this feature that can be ordered is one less than the number of cores on the system, e.g. 3 for a 4-core system, 7 for an 8-core system, 15 for a 16-core system, and 31 for a 32-core system.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2424) - 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2425) - 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2456) - 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2459) - 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2728) - 4 port USB PCIe Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The PCI-Express 4 port USB adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable, use one FC 4256 per port.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 1.0 - 2.0 capable devices
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-Express slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 8 -- 5 in CEC and 3 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#2738) - 2-Port USB PCI Adapter

The 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse.

Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX

  • Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#2749) - PCI Ultra Mag Media Controller

#2749 provides Ultra SCSI attachment capability for an external tape device or an external optical device.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2757) - PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller

This feature is a PCI-X SCSI controller with a maximum compressed write cache of 757MB. The #2757 provides RAID-5 protection for internal disks and also supports internal tape units, internal CD/ DVD-ROM and internal DVD-RAM units.

The #2757 has four LVD SCSI buses that support up to 20 internal disk units.

Hardware data compression is not supported.

In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, the #2757 is also a high-performance controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no data protection.

A minimum of three disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of six arrays are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 18 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same capacity.

Parity is spread across either two, four, eight, or sixteen disk units in an array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity is spread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units is started, parity is spread across four disk units. If an array of eight to fifteen disk units is started, parity is spread across eight disk units. If an array of sixteen to eighteen disk units is started, parity is spread across sixteen disk units.

The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either balance, performance, or capacity in Operations Navigator when starting arrays. An optimization of balance is the default when starting arrays from the green screens. If disk units are included into an existing array, parity may be spread across less than the preferred number of disk units. In this case the RAID function must be stopped and started to redistribute the parity.

The #2757 can also control up to two internal removable media devices (tape, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM/RAM).

  • Attributes provided: Controller for up to 20 disk units and two internal removable media devices
  • Attributes required: One 3V PCI slot. This feature is only orderable as part of a feature conversion to #5581.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2780) - PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller

The #2780 is an Ultra4 (Ultra320) SCSI controller with a maximum compressed write cache of 757MB and a maximum compressed read cache size of 1GB, that provides RAID-5 protection for internal disks and also supports internal tape units, CD-ROM and DVD units. The #2780 has four Ultra4(Ultra320) SCSI buses.

In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, #2780 is also designed to work as a high performance controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no protection.

This controller also uses a Cache Battery Pack with can be replaced concurrent with system operation.

The #2780 controller supports a maximum of 20 disk units.

A minimum of three disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of six arrays are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 18 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same capacity.

Parity is spread across either two, four, eight, or 16 disk units in an array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity is spread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units is started, parity is spread across four disk units. If an array of 8-15 disk units is started, parity is spread across eight disk units. If an array of 16-18 disk units is started, parity is spread across 16 disk units.

The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either "Balance", "Performance", or "Capacity" in Operations Navigator when starting arrays. An optimization of "Balance" will be used by default when starting arrays from the green screens. If disk units are included into an existing array, the number of parity drives does not increase, so parity may be spread across less than the preferred number of disk units. In this case the RAID function must be stopped and then started in order to redistribute the parity.

Note that this controller does not support DASD compression.

  • Attributes provided: SCSI Raid Controller
  • Attributes required: One 3V long PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2787) - PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller

Provides Fibre Channel attachment for external disk devices. #2787 supports point-to-point and arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC type cable connector. Each #2787 is shipped with a wrap connector (P/N 05N6767). This feature supports 64bit, 133MHz PCI-X bus speeds. #0626 is a Linux direct attach version of this adapter.

One of the following adapter kits is required when connecting SC type cables to the #2787:

  • #2456 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) can be ordered, both on initial, model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This optional kit is used to attach SC-type 50 micron fiber cables to a #2787. This kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 50 micron fibre cables.
  • #2459 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) can be ordered, both on initial, model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This optional kit is used to attach SC-type 62.5 micron fiber cables to a #2787. This kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 62.5 micron fibre cables.

An optics cleaning kit and instruction sheet is shipped with the #2787. The customer must supply all Fibre Channel cables for this controller.

  • Attributes provided: Fiber attachment of external DASD
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2844) - PCI IOP

#2844 is a PCI I/O processor that drives PCI IOA adapters in RIO-2 attached PCI or PCI-X I/O expansion towers/units.

A #2844 can drive a maximum of four IOAs, subject to configuration restrictions.

  • Attributes provided: Support for up to four PCI adapters
  • Attributes required: One 3V PCI slot (either short or long)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2847) - PCI IOP for SAN Load Source

Provides the specialized function required to attach IBM i operating system load source via a fibre channel adapter and boot from that load source. With IBM i 6.1, #2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load Source supports multipath for the i5/OS load source disk unit, along with supporting multipath for all other logical units (LUNs) attached to this IOP. A minimum of two IOPs are required for enabling redundancy. See the Redbook, "iSeries and TotalStorage: A Guide to Implementing external disk on IBM eServer i5 -SG24-7120", for more information.

  • Attributes provided: Load source support via fiber channel.
  • Attributes required: #0531 V5R3M5 Machine Code or later
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for Power servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map
  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)
  • Software Requirements
    • The total number of Graphics Adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 8 in #5796
(#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
  • Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2877) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 4-position cable should be used when four or less adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. When more than 4 and less than or equal to 8 adapters will be connected, the H.100 Bus 8-Drop Cable (#4353) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Two to Four H.100 adapters
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2893) - PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014 except for Japan it is July 11, 2015)

The #2893 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem PCIe adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion.

Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

  • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
  • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
  • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
  • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
  • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
  • #1015 Modem Cable - France
  • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
  • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
  • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
  • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
  • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
  • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
  • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
  • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter) Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered but only one per #2893) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized. ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port.

The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #2893 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

  • Attributes provided: One PCIe slot
  • Attributes required: Modem
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#2934) - 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports.

  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any Asynchronous port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly. The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one-slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX Developer's Kit.

  • Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps
  • Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.24 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2952) - Cable, V.35

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.35 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.36 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2954) - Cable, X.21

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: X.21 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:

  • X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)
    • CCITT X.21 Signalling
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
    • CCITT X.27 Electrical
    • EIA-422-A Electrical
    • ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)
    • CCITT V.24 Signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Electrical
    • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
    • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
    • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
    • CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
    • ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)
    • CCITT V.10 Electrical
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
  • Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#3124) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3146) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M

This 1.2-meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable connects two RIO-2 based I/ O planars within an I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 1.2M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 I/O planars
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3147) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M

This 3 1/2 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3148) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M

This 10 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3156) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M

This 1.75 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

  • Attributes provided: 1.75M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3168) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M

This 2.5 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3273) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3274) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3275) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3277) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3278) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3279) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3287) - 1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 1 meter (3.3 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two IBM Rack Switches together using QSFP+ ports.

  • Attributes provided: 1 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand QSFP port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3288) - 3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 3 meter (9.8 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two IBM Rack Switches together using QSFP+ ports.

  • Attributes provided: 3 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand QSFP port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3289) - 5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 5 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand copper cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches.

  • Attributes provided: 5 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3290) - 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 10 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

  • Attributes provided: 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: InfiniBand switch #3699, or follow-on
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3293) - 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 30 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

  • Attributes provided: 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: InfiniBand switch #3699, or follow-on
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3450) - SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3451) - SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3452) - SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3453) - SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 10 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3454) - SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3455) - SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3456) - SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 10 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3457) - SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 15 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3458) - SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3578) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage
  • Attributes required: one disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3586) - 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

The 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a 3.5-inch carrier
  • Attributes required: One 3.5-inch SAS drive bay slot in the #5886 EXP 12S SAS Disk Drawer or 8234-EMA/9117-MMA CEC
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 224 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in CEC.
    • System maximum of 224 in 28 x #5886
    • Maximum of 8 SSDs per #5886
(#3587) - 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

The 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a 3.5-inch carrier
  • Attributes required: One 3.5-inch SAS drive bay slot in the #5886 EXP 12S SAS Disk Drawer or 8234-EMA/9117-MMA CEC
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 224 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in CEC.
    • System maximum of 224 in 28 x #5886
    • Maximum of 8 SSDs per #5886
(#3632) - Widescreen LCD Monitor

(No Longer Available as of August 08, 2017)

The Widescreen LCD Monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Black color
  • Minimum 533mm (21 inch) diagonal LCD digital screen
  • Maximum native resolution of 1680 x 1050 (widescreen format 1.6:1)
  • Can display traditional resolutions (1024x768 and 1280x1024) without stretching
  • Tilt, swivel, and height stand adjustments
  • Industry standard analog input (15-pin D) and a DVI to VGA converter
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Not supported in Mainland China.
(#3636) - L200P Flat Panel Monitor

The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 510 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1600 x 1200 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3637) - IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor

Both the T541H and L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3640) - ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

The ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 800:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • RoHS compliant
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
  • Tilt adjustable stand
  • Analog connection
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
  • Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
  • Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degree
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.)
  • Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.)
  • Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
  • Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
  • Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3646) - 73GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

73.4GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 73.4GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: one disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.
(#3647) - 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

146.8GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 146.8GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.
(#3648) - 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 300GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.
(#3649) - 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 450GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with re-format.
  • Attributes provided: 450GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.
(#3652) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 1 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3653) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 3 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3654) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 6 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3655) - SAS HH Cable

This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a standard 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Internal 114mm long SAS cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3656) - SAS SFF Cable

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a standard 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Internal 267 mm long SAS cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3657) - Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable

This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a right angle 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Internal 267 mm long SAS cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3658) - 428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 428GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 528 Bytes/sector default, 512 B

Note: This drive is not supported as a load source drive for POWER5/POWER5+ systems.
  • Attributes provided: 428GB SAS disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.
(#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3662) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 6M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 5.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3663) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3670) - SAS Cable, Storage Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead

This SAS cable connects the Storage Backplane with External SAS Port to the rear bulkhead of the system providing connection via cable #3679 to a slot adapter SAS controller. This feature gives the user the ability to split the backplane, allocating a SAS controller for each half of the internal disks.

  • Attributes provided: Cable
  • Attributes required: Storage Backplane with External SAS Port, SAS Cable (AI) - 1M (#3679), and one of the following SAS controllers: #5900, #5901, or #5912.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3674) - SAS Cable, Storage Backplane to Rear Bulkhead

This SAS cable connects the Storage Backplane with External SAS Port to the rear bulkhead of the system and allows for connection of external SAS EXP 12S (#5886) to the system.

  • Attributes provided: Cable
  • Attributes required: Storage backplane with external SAS port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3675) - SAS EX Cable 3m - Drawer to Drawer

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

The SAS EX Cable is a straight line cable with a HD SAS connector on one end and a mini SAS connector on the other end. The cable is rated at 6 Gbps. A pair of these cables connects the EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer (#EDR1) to an EXP24S I/O Drawer (#5887).

Select the length appropriate to your configuration. #5926 is 1.5m. #3675 is 3m, #3680 is 6m.

  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3676) - 69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive

Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 69.7GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3676 is mounted in a carrier and Hot Swap is supported.

  • Attributes provided: 69.7GB Disk Unit
  • Attributes required: Disk Unit Slot and a SAS Disk Unit Controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.
(#3677) - 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 139.5GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3677 is mounted in a carrier and hot swap is supported.

  • Attributes provided: 139.5GB Disk Unit in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS drive slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.
(#3678) - 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 283.7GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3678 is mounted in a carrier and hot swap is supported.

  • Attributes provided: 283.7GB Disk Unit in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS drive slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.
(#3679) - SAS Cable (AI)- Adapter to Internal drive 1M

This SAS cable (AI) connects a SAS Adapter to a bulkhead port for accessing internal SAS disks. It is 1 meter long. This cable has two Mini SAS 4x plug connectors, and is wired in 4x mode. Both ends are keyed for attachment to an end device.

  • Attributes provided: SAS 4x Cable
  • Attributes required: Feature to create the internal disk port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3680) - SAS EX Cable 6m - Drawer to Drawer

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

The SAS EX Cable is a straight line cable with a HD SAS connector on one end and a mini SAS connector on the other end. The cable is rated at 6 Gbps. A pair of these cables connects the EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer (#EDR1) to an EXP24S I/O Drawer (#5887).

Select the length appropriate to your configuration. #5926 is 1.5m. #3675 is 3m, #3680 is 6m.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3681) - 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.

If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Higher performance path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.
  • Attributes required: Two of any combination of the following SAS RAID adapters #5904, #5906 or 5908.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combination of #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as a single SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS 2.2 or later.
(#3682) - 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)

The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.

If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Higher performance path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.
  • Attributes required: Two of any combination of the following SAS RAID adapters #5904, #5906 or 5908.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: NA
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combination of #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as a single SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS 2.2 or later.
(#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For AIX and Linux, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3685) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6M

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For the AIX and Linux operating systems, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3686) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M

This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between host system native SAS connector and a remote SAS drawer
  • Attributes required: Host system with native SAS connector
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3687) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3M

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between host system native SAS connector and a remote SAS drawer
  • Attributes required: Host system with native SAS connector
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3688) - SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This 0.6 Meter SAS Cable (AT) is used to drive the 12X I/O Drawer Small Form Factor disk using PCIe SAS adapters installed in the drawer. If SFF disk is installed in the 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk, then there must be at least one SAS AT cable assigned.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter SAS Cable (AT)
  • Attributes required: 12X I/O Drawer with a PCIe SAS adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3689) - SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This 0.6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter located in a PCIe I/O drawer to a SAS port on that same I/O drawer. This AT cable has two connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and one Mini SAS connector. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. The Mini SAS connectors attaches to the I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5802 or #5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD SA connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer. Adapter must be in that same I/O drawer.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3692) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3693) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3694) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15M

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3704) - External xSeries Attach

#3704 is added to an order for each Direct Attached xSeries Server connected to the system. The marketing configurators use this code to determine the number of RIO and SPCN cables required and to insure that the number of External xSeries Servers does not exceed the system limit. Each External xSeries Server is cabled with a pair of RIO cables and attached to the SPCN string like all other HSL attached I/O towers.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3705) - PCI IOP

#3705 is a PCI I/O processor with 64MB of memory which drives PCI IOA adapters.

#3705 can drive a maximum of four IOAs, subject to configuration restrictions.

  • Attributes provided: support for up to 4 PCI IOAs
  • Attributes required: one PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3706) - DVD-ROM

This DVD-ROM mounts in a removable media device slot. It can read 640MB CD-ROM and 4.7GB DVD-RAM media. #3706 can be used for Alternate IPL (IBM distributed CD-ROM media only) and program distribution.

  • Attributes provided: DVD-ROM
  • Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/O tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3707) - 30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

The #3707 is a 30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Unit that can be mounted in half-high, autodocking, removable media bays of expansion towers/units.

The #3707 may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

A #3707 will read/write the following tape formats:

  • 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBM SLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
  • 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GB Data Cartridge (59H4128)
  • 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
  • 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)
  • 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB Data Cartridge (35L0589)

A #3707 is capable of read only support of the following tape formats:

  • 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB Data Cartridge (59H3660)
  • 2.5GB (QIC2GB format) with IBM DC9250 Data Cartridge (16G8436)

The #3707 has the these technical specifications for the primary recording format:

  • Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 30.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 60.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Data Rate (Native) = 4.0MB/s
  • Data Rate (Compression) = 8.0MB/s
  • Attributes provided: 30GB 1/4-inch tape device
  • Attributes required: half height, autodocking removable media bay and a disk controller in place to interface to this media bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3708) - 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

Mounted in a removable media device slot of a system unit or an expansion tower, these tape units may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

Will READ/WRITE:

  • 50GB (up to 100GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-50GB Data Cartridge (35L0968)
  • 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBM SLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
  • 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GB Data Cartridge (59H4128)
  • 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)

Will READ:

  • 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
  • 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB data Cartridge (59H3660)
  • 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB

Specifications for the primary recording format:

  • Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 50.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 100.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Data Rate (Native) = 5.0MB/s
  • Data Rate (Compression) = 10.0MB/s
  • Attributes provided: 50GB 1/4-inch Cartridge Tape Device
  • Attributes required: Half-high removable media bay and a controller in place to interface to this media bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3742) - Hardcopy Publications

This feature ships publications hardcopy instead of the default softcopy.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3925) - 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3930) - System Serial Port Converter Cable

This cable is used to connect the System port/UPS Conversion Cable (#1827) to the CEC serial port. Also used to connect an ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port which is physically an RJ45 connection on the Power 710/720/730/740 system unit .

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of #1827 to CEC serial port; attachment of ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4242) 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M

This feature provides a 1.8M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 1.8M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4276) - VGA to DVI Connection Converter

This feature is a plug converter that will allow a Video device with a 15 pin D-shell VGA cable plug (such as a KVM switch) to connect to a graphics adapter with a 28 pin D-shell DVI receptacle connector. This device has both a 28 pin D-Shell DVI plug and a 15 pin D-shell VGA receptacle.

  • Attributes provided: VGA to DVI connection converter
  • Attributes required: VGA device and graphics adapter with DVI connector.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4287) - Memory Offering, 32GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs)

Each occurrence of this feature delivers 2 each 4GB Dimms for a total of 8GB of Memory (667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM). This is a special priced feature that can only be ordered in multiples of 4. The minimum result being 32 GB of memory in 8 (4GB) dimms. This feature must be ordered in quantities of 4. No other order quantities will be accepted.
Note: MES orders for feature number 4287 are available only for authorized IBM Business Partners certified for participation in the IBM Solution Delivery Integration (SDI) Program.

  • Attributes provided: Memory
  • Attributes required: DIMM slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4288) - Memory Offering, 64GB (Multiples of 4 or 2x8GB DIMMs)

Each occurrence of this feature delivers 2 each 8GB Dimms for a total of 16GB of Memory (400 MHz, 1Gb DRAM). This is a special priced feature that can only be ordered in multiples of 4. The minimum result being 64 GB of memory in 8 (8GB) dimms. This feature must be ordered in quantities of 4. No other order quantities will be accepted.
Note: MES orders for feature number 4288 are available only for authorized IBM Business Partners certified for participation in the IBM Solution Delivery Integration (SDI) Program.

  • Attributes provided: Memory
  • Attributes required: DIMM slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4319) - 35.16GB 10k rpm Disk Unit

#4319 is a 10k rpm disk unit with 35.16GB capacity and an Ultra2 SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 35.16GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4326) - 35.16GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

#4326 is a 15k rpm disk unit with 35.16GB capacity and a SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 35.16GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4327) - 70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

#4327 is a 15k rpm disk unit with 70.56GB capacity and an Ultra320 SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 70.56GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4328) - 141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

Provides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 141.12GB capacity and a Ultra-4 (Ultra320) SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 141.12GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4329) - 282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

Provides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 282.25GB capacity and a Ultra-4 (Ultra320) SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 282.25GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4367) - Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1995 (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature will deliver a packaged of five PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapters 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette (equivalent to #2055) and twenty 177GB SSD Modules with eMLC (equivalent to #1995) for AIX and Linux.

Feature 4367 is used to order and remains in IBM AAS records. Features #2055 and #1995 are not used with this feature.

  • Attributes provided: 5 x #2055 and 20 x #1995
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4377) - Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1996 (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature will deliver a packaged of five PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapters 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette (equivalent to #2055) and twenty 177GB SSD Modules with eMLC (equivalent to #1996) for IBM i.

Feature 4367 is used to order and to remains in IBM AAS records. Features #2055 and #1996 are not used with this feature.

  • Attributes provided: 5 x #2055 and 20 x #1996
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4430) - DVD-RAM

This DVD-RAM device reads and writes 4.7GB on single sided media. Double sided media, must be manually flipped. It can also read 640MB CD-ROM media.

Mounted in a removable media device slot, this feature may be used for alternate IPL, program distribution, and data interchange.

  • Attributes provided: DVD-RAM
  • Attributes required: Removable media slot in an external I/O tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4487) - 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

Mounted in a removable media device slot of an expansion tower, these tape units may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

Will READ/WRITE:

  • 50GB (up to 100GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-50GB Data Cartridge (35L0968)
  • 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBM SLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
  • 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GB Data Cartridge (59H4128)
  • 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with
  • IBM SLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)

Will READ:

  • 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format)with IBM MLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
  • 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB Data Cartridge (59H3660)
  • 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB

Specifications for the primary recording format:

  • Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 50.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 100.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Data Rate (Native) = 5.0MB/s
  • Data Rate (Compression) = 10.0MB/s
  • Attributes provided: 50GB 1/4-inch cartridge tape
  • Attributes required: Removable media slot and disk controller that can drive internal removable media.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4520) - 1024MB (2x512MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

Provides 1024MB of system memory with 2 512MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 1024MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4521) - 2048MB (2x1024MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

Provides 2048MB of system memory with 2 1024MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4522) - 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 2 2048MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4523) - 8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM

Provides 8192MB of system memory with 2 4096MB stacked RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4524) - 16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM

Provides 16384MB of system memory with 2 8192MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 16384MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4532) - 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 2 2048MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4630) - DVD-RAM

This DVD-RAM device reads and writes 4.7GB on single sided media. Double sided media, must be manually flipped. It can also read 640MB CD-ROM media.

Mounted in a removable media device slot, this feature may be used for alternate IPL, program distribution, and data interchange.

  • Attributes provided: DVD-RAM
  • Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/Otower/unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4633) - DVD-RAM

#4633 is a DVD-RAM that uses cartridgeless media only (this is different from the 4630, which can use cartridge media, but the media can be removed from the cartridge to be used in this drive). Media support will be limited to writing DVD-RAM only and reading of CD-ROM, CD-R, DVD-ROM and DVD-RAM.

  • Attributes provided: Read/Write of DVD-RAM media, Read only ofCD-ROM, CD-R and DVD-ROM media
  • Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/O tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

One and only one rack indicator feature is required onall orders (#4650 to #4666).

(#4650) - Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing.
Note: This "no additional charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not include a 19" Rack.

A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

  • Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/ Rack Specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4746) - PCI Twinaxial Workstn IOA

The #4746 provides support for up to 40 twinaxial displays and printers. A 20-ft cable with an 8-port expansion (breakout) box is included with this adapter. Each expansion port supports seven attached devices, allowing for 56 total attached devices, of which only 40 can be active.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of twinaxial devices.
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot (3V or 5V)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4764) - PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)

Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a US Government National Instiute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules.

Feature 4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4) users will be able to down load firmware for AIX from the following URL replacing the firmware CD previously provided.
Note: FC 4764 Firmware and support software are part of "AIX Expansion Pack and Web Download Pack"

Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
  • Attributes provided:
    • Cryptographic Accelerator Function
    • EMV-Based Credit Card Function
    • CCA API Host Support, and PKCS#11 API.
  • Attributes required:
    • One PCI-X card slot per 4764 FC.
    • Note: Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764 Feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

    Please validate that software components which provide SSL are enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through the PKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining if the device will meet your needs please contact crypto@us.ibm.com.

(#4793) - Power Active Memory Expansion Enablement

This feature enables memory expansion on the system. Using compression/decompression of memory content can effectively expand the maximum memory capacity providing additional server workload capacity and performance.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: An HMC
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4801) - PCI Crypto Coprocessor

#4801 provides a rich set of data encryption and authentication services for applications requiring high security. Cryptographic keys are stored in a tamper-resistant module on the coprocessor. This feature is ideally suited for banking and financial applications. With the tamper resistant-module the coprocessor can also be used to implement other advanced applications such as electronic postage metering.

Application services provided by the coprocessor include:

  • Data encryption using Tripe-DES (Data Encryption Standard)
  • Digital signature generation/verification using RSA public-key cryptography
  • Data integrity checking using MD5 and SHA-1 secure hash algorithms
  • Financial PIN support for automatic teller machine (ATM) networks
  • Basic Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) block operations
  • Secure storage of keys in a Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-1 Level 3 tamper-resistant module

The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor is compatible with IBM's Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA).

For more information, visit

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/

Option 35 CCA Cryptographic Service Provider is required along with Cryptographic Access Provider 128-bit (5722-AC3) licensed program. Both Option 35 and the LPP are no-charge.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4805) - PCI Crypto Accelerator

Feature #4805 provides improved performance for high-transaction-rate secure Wwb applications which use the secure sockets layer (SSL) or transport layer security (TLS) protocols. SSL/ TLS is the predominant method for securing web transactions. Applications using SSL/TLS include those transferring payment information (e.g., credit card numbers) over the Internet, e.g., between a web browser and a server in the case of B2C or between servers in the case of B2B. Establishing SSL/TLS secure web connections requires very compute intensive cryptographic processing. Feature #4805 off-loads cryptographic processing associated with the establishment of a SSL/TLS session, thus freeing the server for other processing.

The Cryptographic Accelerator is targeted to high-transaction-rate secure web applications using SSL/TLS. If your application requires a FIPS 140-1 certified, tamper-resistant module for storing cryptographic keys and/or requires financial PIN processing, then features #4801 or #4802, Cryptographic Coprocessors should be your choice.
Note: FIPS 140-1 is a US Government National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules.

http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iSeries/support
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4807) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001

(No Longer Available as of February 27, 2015)

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

#4807, #4808 and #4809 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #4807 indicates no blind swap cassette. #4808 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #4809 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette.

Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability
  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standard
  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic and Accelerator Function
  • Attributes required: One PCIe Cryptographic CoProcessor card slot per adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Max of 2 #4807 per CEC
    • The combined system maximum limit for #4807 and #4808 is 10.
    • #4808 system maximum is 8 when there are no #4807 in the CEC.
    • A Max of 4 #4808 per #5802 or #5877.
    • The PCIe Crypto Adapter #4807/08/09 can not be installed in the same AIX partition as the PCI-X Crypto Adapter #4764, but can be on the same server in a different partition.
(#4808) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001

(No Longer Available as of February 27, 2015)

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

#4807, #4808 and #4809 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #4807 indicates no blind swap cassette. #4808 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #4809 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette.

Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability
  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standard
  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
  • Attributes required: One PCIe Cryptographic CoProcessor card slot per adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • The combined system maximum limit for #4807 and #4808 is 10.
    • #4808 system maximum is 8 when there are no #4807 in the CEC.
    • A Max of 4 #4808 per #5802 or #5877.
    • The PCIe Crypto Adapter #4807/08/09 can not be installed in the same AIX partition as the PCI-X Crypto Adapter #4764, but can be on the same server in a different partition.
(#4812) - PCI Integ xSeries Server

#4812 is a double wide PCI card that contains a 2.0GHz processor with 2MB integrated L2 cache. It has two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps ethernet ports, two USB 1.1 ports and traditional PC keyboard and mouse ports. A keyboard and mouse can either connect to the traditional ports or connect to the USB ports. There is an SVGA video port for connection of a display.

#4812 has two memory slots. These slots must always contain a pair of identical memory features. Available memory features are:

  • #0446 - 512MB DDR Server Memory (MES only)
  • #0447 - 1GB DDR Server Memory (MES only)

The #4812 requires an IOP #2844 to drive it. The IOP may be shared, but only one #4812 is permitted per IOP.

When #4812 is ordered, the configurator will add two #0446 512MB Server Memory features to the order. The two #0446 features may be replaced with two #0447 Optional 1GB Server Memory features or the two server memory features may be removed from the order and two #0446 or two #0447 may be installed in the field. The configurator will also add to the order a #2844 PCI IOP to drive the #4812. The #2844 may be removed from the order for PCI slot conservation.

The two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernet LAN ports included on the #4812 provide attachment to IEEE standard 802.3ab high-speed (1Gbps) Ethernet LANs. They can also be used to connect to existing 10 and 100Mbps Ethernet networks. The adapter supports UTP CAT 5 or higher media interface and TCP/IP. The #4812 does not support any other LAN features and does not support native i5/OS functions.

The following features are defaulted (where offered) and may be removed from the order:

  • #0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows (for display, mouse and keyboard)
  • #1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows

Supported Windows versions:

  • Windows 2000 Server
  • Windows 2000 Advanced Server
  • Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition
  • Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition
  • Windows Server 2003 Web Edition

For versions of Windows 2000, a display is required and must be connected to the #4812. For versions of Windows 2003, a display is not required but may be connected to the #4812 to support Windows. If no display is connected, the Virtual System Console is used.

For Linux server products supported on #4812, see:

www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/linux
  • Attributes provided: Windows server functions
  • Attributes required: IOP and two 3.3V PCI card slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4813) - PCI Integ xSeries Server

#4813 is a double-wide PCI card that contains a 2.0GHz processor with 2MB integrated L2 cache. It has two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernet ports, two USB 1.1 ports and traditional PC keyboard and mouse ports. A keyboard and mouse can connect to either the traditional ports or the USB ports. There is an SVGA video port for connection of a display.

The #4813 is a #4812 encased in a double wide blind swap cassette.

#4813 has two memory slots. These slots must always contain a pair of identical memory features. Available memory features are:

  • #0446 - 512MB DDR Server Memory (MES only)
  • #0447 - 1GB DDR Server Memory (MES only)

The #4813 requires an IOP #2844 to drive it. The IOP may be shared, but only one #4813 is permitted per IOP.

When #4813 is ordered, the configurator will add two #9726 Base 512MB Server Memory features to the order. The two #9726 features may be replaced with two #8546 Optional Base 1GB Server Memory features or the two server memory features may be removed from the order and two #0446 or two #0447 may be installed in the field. The configurator will also add to the order a #2844 Base PCI IOP to drive the #4813. The #2844 may be removed from the order for PCI slot conservation.

The two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernet LAN ports included on the #4813 provide attachment to IEEE standard 802.3ab high-speed (1Gbps) Ethernet LANs. They can also be used to connect to existing 10 and 100Mbps Ethernet networks. The adapter supports UTP CAT 5 or higher media interface and TCP/IP. The #4813 does not support any other LAN features and does not support native i5/OS functions.

The following features are defaulted (where offered) and may be removed from the order:

  • #0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows (for display, mouse and keyboard)
  • #1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows

Supported Windows versions:

  • Windows 2000 Server
  • Windows 2000 Advanced Server
  • Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition
  • Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition
  • Windows Server 2003 Web Edition

For versions of Windows 2000, a display is required and must be connected to the #4813. For versions of Windows 2003, a display is not required but may be connected to the #4813 to support Windows. If no display is connected, the Virtual System Console is used.

For Linux server products supported on #4813, visit

http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/ linux
  • Attributes provided: Windows server functions
  • Attributes required: IOP and two 3.3V PCI card slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4927) - Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i (6-/8-core)

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This feature defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for a Power 720 6-or 8-core offering.

  • Attributes provided: Solution Edition for IBM i
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4928) - Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i (4-core)

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This feature defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for a Power 720 4-core offering.

  • Attributes provided: Solution Edition for IBM i
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4934) - IBM i for Business Intelligence -- Small Config

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This feature will generate a defaulted set of hardware and software features as a pre-configured solution for Business Intelligence (BI). The configuration includes a Power 720 Express (4-core) with IBM i (one core licensed), DB2 Web Query, and CDC licensing that when installed as a target system can be used for Operational Reporting and a stepping stone to Data Warehousing.

  • Attributes provided: Defaulted set of hardware and software features
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4935) - IBM i for Business Intelligence -- Medium Config

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This feature will generate a defaulted set of hardware and software features as a pre-configured solution for Business Intelligence (BI). The configuration includes a Power 720 Express (6-core) with IBM i (two cores licensed), DB2 Web Query, and CDC licensing that when installed as a target system can be used for Operational Reporting and a stepping stone to Data Warehousing.

  • Attributes provided: Defaulted set of hardware and software features
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4936) - IBM i for Business Intelligence -- Large Config

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

This feature will generate a defaulted set of hardware and software features as a pre-configured solution for Business Intelligence (BI). The configuration includes a Power 720 Express (6-core) with IBM i (four cores licensed), DB2 Web Query, and CDC licensing that when installed as a target system can be used for Operational Reporting and a stepping stone to Data Warehousing.

  • Attributes provided: Defaulted set of hardware and software features
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5000) - Software Preload Required

(No Longer Available as of May 20, 2016)

Indicates that preloaded software and/or consolidated I/O is shipped with the initial order. A maximum of one (#5000) is supported. This feature has country-specific usage.

  • Attributes provided: Software Pre-load
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5001) - Custom Service Specify, Off-Site

For exclusive use by the Rochester Custom Solution Center. Marketing configurator support is not required/provided. Having #5001 on the order, will cause the order content to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5005) - Software Preinstall

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5088) - PCI-X Expansion Unit

(No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

The #5088 is an eight-EIA-unit-high "top hat" with is installed on top of a #5094 expansion tower. Each #5088 has 14 PCI-X slots for PCI IOPs and IOAs. Disk units and removable media are not supported within a #5088.

Each #5088 has two redundant 575W power supplies and two internal power connectors that attach to the AC distribution box in the #5094. A #5094 may have one or two line cords, so the #5088 may or may not have dual line cord capability depending on the configuration of the #5094.

If a #5088 is ordered together with a #5094, the #5094 will ship with a #5088 installed on top. The #5088 may also be ordered for field install on an existing #5074/#5094. A #5088 may not be installed on a #5294 or #5079.

One or two RIO-2 cables must be ordered to attach the #5088 to the RIO-2 ports.

Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

  • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 - 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 - 3.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 - 10m RIO-2 Cable
  • #1485 - 15m RIO-2 Cable

Each #5088 will require one of the following SPCN cables:

  • #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable-supported only
  • #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable -supported only
  • #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable
  • Attributes provided: 14 PCI-X slots
  • Attributes required: Two HSL connections
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5094) - PCI-X Expansion Tower

The #5094 is an I/O expansion tower that can contain up to 45 disk units, has 14 PCI slots and two removable media bays.

One bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system is required with each #5094. Select one of the following:

  • #9517 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper RIO-2 ports

One or two cables must be ordered to attach to the RIO-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable length required.

The following RIO cables can be used with a #5094:

  • #3156 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

One SPCN cable is required for each #5094. Select from the following:

  • #1466 30m SPCN Cable
  • #6001 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 30m SPCN Cable

Each #5094 can support 15 disk units without a #5108 installed. With #5108 installed, a #5094 can support up to 45 disk units, total.

Each #5094 comes with redundant, hot-swap, power supplies.

To enable further #5094 redundancy, dual line cord capability for the #5094 is provided by feature#5115. An additional #5094 line cord must be ordered when installing a #5115. Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

The following line cords are supported on a #5094:

  • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
  • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
  • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
  • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord (US default)
  • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

The 45 disk unit positions are in groups of 15, each group of 15 disk units is further divided into three groups of five disk units, each group of five disk units supported on a separate SCSI (LVD-SCSI) bus from a #2757/#2780/#5712 PCI Disk Unit Controller.

The #5094 removable media bays are supported by the same #2757/ #2780/#5712 PCI Disk Unit Controller which supports the 5 base disk unit positions (disk slot positions D31 thru D50).

  • Attributes provided: 14 PCI slots, up to 45 disk positions (15base, 0 featurable), two removable media bays
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 connection
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5095) - PCI-X Expansion Tower

The #5095 is a stand-alone (desk side) PCI-X Expansion Tower that provides expanded I/O capability for iSeries systems. The #5095 has seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and supports up to 12 disk units.

A #9844 Base PCI IOP is included with each #5095.
Note: With the availability of V5R4, #9844 is no longer included with #5095.

A bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system is required. Select one of the following:

  • #9517 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper HSL-2 ports
  • #9876 - Base Optical Bus Adapter, to specify two optical HSL ports
    Note: If ordered for a 9408-M25 or 9409-M50 a #6699 (RIO-2 Bus Adapter) must be ordered instead of a #9517 or #9876.

One or two HSL cables must be ordered with each #5095.

When ordering cables to connect to the HSL interface, optical HSL, copper HSL, copper HSL-2, or copper HSL to HSL-2 cables are required. An HSL loop uses all optical or all copper ports/cables. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper HSL and copper HSL-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it is being attached, and the cable length required.

The following HSL cables can be used with a #5095:

  • Copper HSL to HSL-2 (HSL on one end and HSL-2 on the other end)
    • #1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
    • #1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
    • #1487 - 3m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
  • Copper HSL-2 (HSL-2 on both ends of the cable)
    • #1307 - 1.75m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1308 - 2.5m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1481 - 1.2m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable
  • Optical HSL (optical HSL connections on both ends of the cable)
    • #1470 - 6m HSL Optical Cable
    • #1471 - 30m HSL Optical Cable
    • #1472 - 100m HSL Optical Cable
    • #1473 - 250m HSL Optical Cable

One SPCN cable is required with each #5095. Select one of the following:

  • #1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
  • #1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
  • #1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
  • #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
  • #0369 - 100m Optical SPCN Cable
  • #1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
  • #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable

The #5095 has redundant power when feature #5138 is installed. The #5138 provides a second 435W power supply. In addition, when a #5138 is installed, a second line cord must be ordered. The presence of the #5138 and the second line cord, enables dual line cord capability.

Select one of the following line cords, or select two if #5138 is ordered:

  • #1394 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
  • #1395 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd China
  • #1397 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Argent
  • #1398 - 4.3m 100V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
  • #1410 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1411 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1412 - 125V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1413 - 125V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1414 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1415 - 200V 6-Ft Watertight Line Cord
  • #1416 - 200V 14-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1417 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1422 - 3m IEC 320 C13/14 PDU Cord
  • #1438 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1439 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1440 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Denmark
  • #1441 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd S Africa
  • #1442 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Swiss
  • #1443 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd UK
  • #1444 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1445 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #6458 - 14-Ft Int 250V/10A Pwr Cd
  • #6460 - 14-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
  • #6469 - 14-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • #6470 - 6-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
  • #6471 - 9-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
  • #6472 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
  • #6473 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6474 - 9-Ft 250V/13A Power Cord
  • #6475 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
  • #6476 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6477 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6478 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
  • #6479 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6487 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • #6488 - 9-Ft Dual Voltage Pwr Cd
  • #6493 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6494 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6495 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6496 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6497 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • #6498 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • #6651 - 9-Ft 127V/15A Power Cord
  • #6659 - 9-Ft 240V/15A Power Cord
  • #6660 - 14-Ft 127V/15A Power Cord
  • #6669 - 14-Ft 240V/15A Power Cord
  • #6670 - 6-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
  • #6680 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6687 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • Attributes provided: 7 PCI slots and 12 disk positions
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 interface
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5096) - PCI-X Exp Tower (no disk)

#5096 is an I/O expansion tower that has 14 PCI slots. It does not support disk units and does not support any internal removable media devices. A #5088 can not be mounted on a #5096.

One bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system is required with each #5096.

One or two cables must be ordered to attach to the RIO-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

The following RIO cables can be used with a #5096:

  • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

One of the following SPCN cables is required for each #5096:

  • #1466 30m SPCN Cable
  • #6001 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 30m SPCN Cable

No base IOP is included with the #5096. Each #5096 comes with redundant, hot-swap, power supplies. To enable further #5096 redundancy, dual line cord capability for the #5096 is provided by feature #5115. An additional #5096 line cord must be ordered when installing a #5115. Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

The following line cords are supported on a #5096:

  • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
  • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #4655 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
  • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
  • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord (US default)
  • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
  • Attributes provided: 14 PCI slots
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 connection
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5108) - 30-Disk Expansion Feature

#5108 is a disk unit expansion enclosure feature for a single line cord #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower. #5108 includes two 15-disk-unit enclosures, one 765-watt power supply, back-planes, and cables. One PCI Disk Unit Controller is required to support each 15-disk-unit enclosure.

  • Attributes provided: 30 additional disk unit slots
  • Attributes required: #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5115) - Dual Line Cords - Tower

#5115 is a dual line cord enabler for the upper unit in a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower. #5115 includes an additional power supply. An additional line cord must be specified.

Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

  • Attributes provided: Dual line cord capability
  • Attributes required: #5094
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5116) - Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower

Provides dual line cord capability for a single enclosure in a #5294 tower. Two line cords must be specified for each #5116 ordered with a #5294. When ordering a #5116 for an installed #5294, an additional line cord must be specified for each #5116. The configurator will default two #5116s, for each #5294 ordered with a system that has dual line cords on the system unit.

Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

  • Attributes provided: Dual line cord capability for a single unit in a #5294
  • Attributes required: #5294
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5138) - Redundant Power and Cooling

#5138 provides redundant power for the #0595 PCI-X Expansion Towers. #5138 includes a second 435W power supply, and requires that a second line cord be specified. The second line cord enables dual line cord capability.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power
  • Attributes required: #0595 PCI-X Expansion Tower.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5160) - Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA

This feature provides a single phase NEMA PDU for 19 inch Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5160.

The following line cords are supported on the #5160:

  • #1424 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord (supported, not orderable)
  • #1425 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord (supported, not orderable)
  • #1426 - 200V 14-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1427 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1446 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd Korea
  • #1447 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd AU
  • #1448 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd NZ (supported, not orderable)
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
  • Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5161) - Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC

This feature provides a single phase IEC PDU for iSeries racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5161.

The following line cord is supported on the #5161:

  • #1449 - 4.3m 200V/32A Pwr Cd EU 1-PH
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
  • Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5162) - Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase

This feature provides a 2 of 3 phase Power Distribution Unit (PDU) for iSeries Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

The following line cord is supported on the #5162:

  • #1450 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU 2-PH (supported, not orderable)
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
  • Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5163) - Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase

This feature provides a 3 phase Power Distribution Unit (PDU) for iSeries Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5163.

The following line cord is supported on the #5163:

  • #1477 - 4.3m 200V/16A PWR CD
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
  • Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5225) - PowerVM Express Edition

(No Longer Available as of August 1, 2014)

This feature allows the customer to create up to 3 logical partitions of any size in a system, which share processors and I/O. This feature does not require an HMC. PowerVM Express may be managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM). This feature allows users to try out the IVM and the VIOS, which they would not get with an HMC. Note: If feature 5225 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5227) - PowerVM Standard Edition

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level.
Note: If feature 5227 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5228) - PowerVM Enterprise Edition

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level. PowerVM Enterprise Edition also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one POWER7 server to another with no application downtime.
Note: If feature 5228 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5260) - PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5269) - PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5748. The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device. A short converter cable is included which adapts the 2nd 28-pin port on the adapter to 15-pin D-Shell receptacle.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true color, or 24-bit true color
    • 32 MB SDRAM
    • x1 PCI Express interface
    • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors
    • 1 converter cable
  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 1 monitor connected analog at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 monitor connected digital at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 2nd monitor supported on secondary connecter at up to 1600 x 1200 analog or 1280 x 1024 digital
    • 2nd monitor support in AIX is only in clone mode with an analog connection
  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
  • Software Requirements
    • The total number of graphics adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5270) - PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 22, 2016)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5708. 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708/5270) is a high-performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B

Highlights

  • PCIe 2.0 adapter with x8 Gen 1
  • Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) supported
  • SR optical transceiver with LC connection provides up to 300m cable length
  • Non-volatile error log on the adapter
  • Supported with AIX and Linux and VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC.
  • Supported with IBM i under VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC
  • SAN and Network boot support for AIX, Linux
  • Requires FCoCEE capable switches for full FC+Ethernet capability. Ethernet only functionality if attached to ordinary Ethernet switch.
  • Utilizes existing cabling that supports 10 Gb SR
  • Based on the QLogic Converged Network Adapter (CNA)
  • NPIV support requires VIOS for all OS environments

Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)

  • Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapter per four active processors cores.
  • Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adapters per one physical processor core.
  • Attributes provided: 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (LP)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5271) - PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 1, 2014)

This is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5717. The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is short/ low-profile, full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Four-port Gigabit Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5272) - PCIe LP 10GbE CX4 1-port Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 19, 2013)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5732. The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter is a low profile high performance adapter that transfers data over 4-lanes in each direction over copper cabling supporting a distance up to 15m.The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ak 10GBASE-CX4 specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights:

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)

Full iSCSI software and hardware initiator support. (Linux Only)

  • Hardware PDU Offload (Linux Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking ( Linux Only)

Attributes provided:

  • PCIe-V1.1 x8
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-CX short-reach copper
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution(OFED) 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCI-e-V1.1 x8 Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5273) - PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5735.

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

     OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

     Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps  |
     ------|------------|-----------|-----------|
     OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m |
     OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m  |
     OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m  |

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is:

  • a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
  • b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
  • Attributes provided: Dual port fibre channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5274) - PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 29, 2017)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5768. The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.
Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fibre connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5275) - PCIe LP 10GbE SR 1-port Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 14, 2017)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5769. The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter is a low-profile, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux Only)
    • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux Only)
    • PDU recovery (Linux Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics adapter (LP)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5276) - PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5774. The 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is:

  • a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
  • b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
  • Attributes provided: Dual-port Fibre channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5277) - PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5785. One connector on the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable (provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports. Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 4-port #5277/5785 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchroous EIA-232 via 4-Port DB9 DTE Fan-Out Cable 1.2 M (4 ft.), 4 x 9-pin D-Sub (Male DB-9) and 1 x 68-pin D-Sub (HD-68)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5278) - PCIe LP 2-x4-port SAS Adapter 3 Gb

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5901. The #5901/5278 PCIe Dual-4x SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk, tape, and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. From a high level perspective, it is functionally equivalent to the #5912 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices.

The #5901/5278 supports external SAS tape drives such as the 36/ 72 GB DAT72, 80/160 GB DAT160, and 800/1600 GB LTO-4 found in the IBM tape units such as the 7214-1U2, TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives. SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) cables are used to attach these drives.

The #5901/5278 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP 12S Disk Drawer or drives in a POWER6 or POWER7 system CEC (split DASD backplane). AIX/ Linux formatted SAS drives are supported with RAID 0 (with mirroring) and RAID 10. IBM i formatted SAS drives are supported and data spreading and mirroring functions are provided by IBM i. RAID-5 or RAID-6 are not supported on the #5901/5278. #5901/5278 has zero write cache. CCIN for #5901/5278 is 57B3.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk . The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. SAS Y cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP 12S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. In the EXP 12S Drawer, a high availability I/O configuration can be created using a pair of #5901, a pair of 5278 or a paired 5901/5278 adapters and SAS X cables to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. In the PCIe 12X I/O Drawer, this function is provided via the internal wiring within the drawer itself.

Limitation: 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are not supported. Only 5xx byte sector drives are supported on this generation of PCIe adapter.

Highlights:

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
  • Supports up to 42 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5802 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
  • Supports up to 50 disk (26 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5803 24-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
  • SAS speed = 3 Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5 Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent firmware update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5279) - PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SFP+ Copper&RJ45

(No Longer Available as of April 23, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 Ethernet adapter provides two 10 Gb copper SFP+ ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports.

For the 10Gb ports, active copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length have been tested and are supported. See feat code #EN01 (1m), #EN02 (3m) and #EN03 (5m). Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/ 400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T and note passive cables are NOT supported.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

Note #5745 and #5279 adapters are physically and electronically identical except for their low profile or full high PCI slot attribute.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • PDU recovery (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-CR
  • EEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Homologation:

This feature is not certified for connection by any means whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions.

Limit:

This feature may not be assigned to a VIOS partition and thus LPAR Mobility operations are not supported with this feature.

  • Attributes provided: Two 1 Gb and Two 10Gb Ethernet ports
  • Attributes required: One available Low Profile (LP) PCIe Gen 2 slot and under Linux environment, active copper twinax cables, twinax wrap plugs.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5280) - PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter

(No Longer Available as of February 23, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 Ethernet adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ SR optical transceiver ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports. This is a low profile adapter.

For the 10Gb ports, LC Duplex type connectors and MMF-850nm fiber cable are used. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, The RJ45 port, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters is supported. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.
Note: #5744 and #5280 adapters are physically and electronically identical except for their low profile or full high PCI slot attribute.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • PDU recovery (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Homologation:

This feature is not certified for connection by any means whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI Express slot Low Profile (LP), Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5281) - PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2014)

The IBM PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5281) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit. The adapter is the same as 5767 and CINN.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5283) - PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

As of 3/12/2013, this feature is not available in the following EMEA countries, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia and United Arab Emirates which includes IBM Middle East - Dubai and Abu Dhabi and Yemen.

The PCIe Gen-2 low profile 2-port 4X Infiniband QDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 40Gb assumes no other system or switch bottlenecks are present. The adapters provide two QSFP+ cages, but does not include any transceivers. QSFP+ transceivers are included and permanently attached at each end of the following QDR IB cables: Copper 1m, 3m, 5m (#3287, #3288, and 3289) and Optical 10m, 30m (#3290, #3293).
Note: A PCIe Gen2 slot does not have the bandwidth to support two 40Gb ports. The benefit of the second 40Gb port is additional attachment redundancy, not performance. Also note: AIX supports multiple types of adapter usages across different applications and adapter performance should generally meet or exceed client needs. But when using TCP/IP, some AIX clients may observe less than full unidirectional link bandwidth and less than linear scaling for duplex bandwidth with the #5283.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 low profile slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 2 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5284) - PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2015)

The PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter is a low-profile capable, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Characteristics

  • MSI-X and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-gen 2.0 x8 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile Gen2 (LP) slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported -- VIOS required
    • IBM i 7.1 supported -- VIOS required
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
    • Note the #5284 and #5287 adapters are physically identical except for their tail stock - #5284= low profile and #5287= full high
(#5285) - PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb

As of 3/12/2013, this feature is not available in the following EMEA countries, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia and United Arab Emirates which includes IBM Middle East - Dubai and Abu Dhabi and Yemen.

The PCIe Gen-2 2-port 4X Infiniband QDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 40Gb assuming no other system or switch bottlenecks are present. This adapter performs the same function as #5283 but with a high profile (HP) tail stock and cannot be plugged into a low profile Gen-2 slot. The adapters provide two QSFP+ cages, but does not include any transceivers. QSFP+ transceivers are included and permanently attached at each end of the following QDR IB cables: Copper 1m, 3m, 5m (#3287, #3288, and 3289) and Optical 10m, 30m (#3290, #3293).

  • Attributes provided: PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 full high slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 2 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5286) - PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2015)

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb copper SFP+ ports. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03.. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Note the #5286 and #5288 adapters are physically identical except for their tail stock - #5286= low profile and #5288= full high.

  • Characteristics
    • MSI-X and support of legacy pin interrupts
    • 10GBASE- Direct attach SFP+ twinax cable
    • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
    • IEEE 802.3x flow control
    • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
    • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
    • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
    • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
    • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 KB
    • TCP checksum offload for IPv4
    • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4
    • UDP checksum offload for IPv4
    • Receive side scaling and packet steering
    • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • Attributes provided: PCIe Gen 2.0 x8 10GBASE adapter with two SFP+ ports
  • Attributes required: 1 low profile Gen2 PCIe slot, one or two active copper cables with transceiver on end of cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5287) - PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2015)

The PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter is a full high, Gen2, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Characteristics

  • MSI-X and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-Direct attach SFP+ twinax cable
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 KB
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-gen 2.0 x8 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 full high Gen2 PCIe slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: #5284 and #5287 adapters are physically identical except for their tail stock - #5284= low profile and #5287= full high
(#5288) - PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2015)

Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03.. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Note the #5286 and #5288 adapters are physically identical except for their tail stock - #5286= low profile and #5288= full high.

  • Characteristics
    • MSI-X and support of legacy pin interrupts
    • 10GBASE- Direct attach SFP+ twinax cable
    • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
    • IEEE 802.3x flow control
    • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
    • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
    • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
    • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
    • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 KB
    • TCP checksum offload for IPv4
    • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4
    • UDP checksum offload for IPv4
    • Receive side scaling and packet steering
    • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • Attributes provided: PCIe Gen 2.0 x8 10GBASE adapter with two SFP+ ports.
  • Attributes required: 1 full high Gen2 PCIe slot, one or two active copper cables with transceiver on end of cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 supported in the CEC
(#5289) - 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

(No Longer Available as of August 14, 2015)

Adapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed.

The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables.
Note: #5289 and # 5290 are physically and electrically identical adapters except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 2-port #5289/5290 is functionally nearly identical to the 4-port #5785/5277 except for the number and type of connectors.

Limitation: As of 2012, IBM i does not support PPP protocol. Also IBM i only supports use on POWER7 and POWER7+ servers.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 2x RJ45 connectors, one RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable.
  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (Planned availability March 29, 2013)
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 2 supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 12.
(#5290) - PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter

(No Longer Available as of August 14, 2015)

Adapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed.

The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables.
Note: #5289 and # 5290 are physically and electrically identical adapters except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 2-port #5289/5290 is functionally nearly identical to the 4-port #5785/5277 except for the number and type of connectors.

Limitation: As of 2012, IBM i does not support PPP protocol. Also IBM i only supports use on POWER7 and POWER7+ servers.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 2x RJ45 connectors, one RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable.
  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (Planned availability March 29, 2013)
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 2 supported in the CEC with #5685
(#5294) - 1.8m I/O Tower

The #5294 is a I/O expansion tower that can contain up to 90 disk units, has 28 PCI slots and has four removable media bays.

Each #5294 is essentially two #5094 PCI Expansion Towers, with side covers and casters removed, placed in a 1.8M rack. Each #5294 counts as two #5094s towards the system model maximums.

Two bus adapters, to provide the RIO interfaces to the system, are required with each #5294.

The upper and lower enclosures (#5094s) in a #5294 are not connected internally by a RIO cable. If the #5294 is to be placed in a RIO loop (both upper and lower enclosure on same RIO loop), an RIO-2 cable is required to connect the upper and lower enclosures.

Select the appropriate cable based on the length required.

Select three or four (any combination) of the following RIO cables, on first #5094 on system, initial order. For additional #5094s or on an MES, select two, three or four (any combination) RIO-2 cables per tower:

The following RIO-2 cables can be used with a #5294:

  • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #5294:

  • #6001 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 30m SPCN Cable

For each #5294 ordered, a quantity of two #0694(#5094 Equivalent) specify codes will be added to the order. If a #5294 is to be shared between two systems, one #0694 must be removed from the original ordering system and added to the sharing system, using an RPO(Record Purpose Only) change.

Each of the two tower units within a #5294 fully support 45 disk units (no #5108s need be ordered).

Dual line cord capability is available for the #5294 with feature #5116. With a #5116 installed, both tower units of a #5294 will have dual line cord capability. Two additional line cords (for a total of four) must be ordered when a #5116 is installed. Plugging in the second line cord from the upper and lower units, even if to the same outlet, enables each unit's AC power modules to be redundant. For the best power protection, the first and second line cords should be attached to different power sources.

The following line cords are supported on a #5294 (two line cord features required):

  • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
  • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
  • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
  • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

The 45 disk unit positions in each unit of a #5294, are in groups of 15, each group of 15 disk units is further divided into three groups of five disk units, each group of five disk units supported on a separate SCSI (LVD-SCSI) bus from a PCI Disk Unit Controller.

The two removable media bays of each unit within a #5294 are supported by the same PCI Disk Unit Controller that supports disk unit positions D31 thru D35) of each internal tower unit.

  • Attributes provided: 28 PCI slots, 90 disk unit positions, four removable media bays
  • Attributes required: RIO connections, two to four wall electrical outlets, at least one #0694 on the inventory records
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5296) - 1.8m I/O Tower (no disk)

The #5296 is a I/O expansion tower that has 28 PCI slots, no disk unit bays, and no removable media bays.

Each #5296 is essentially two #5096 PCI-X Expansion Towers, with side covers and casters removed, placed in a 1.8M rack. Each #5296 counts as two #5096s towards the system model maximums.

Two bus adapters, to provide the RIO-2 interfaces to the system, are required with each #5296. Select two of the following:

  • #6417 - Base RIO-2 Bus Adapter (for copper RIO-2 interfaces)

The upper and lower enclosures (#5096s) in a #5296 are not connected internally by a RIO cable. If the #5296 is to be placed in an RIO loop (both upper and lower enclosure on same RIO loop), a RIO-2 cable is required to connect the upper and lower enclosures. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper RIO and copper RIO-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

Select three or four of the following RIO cables, on initial orders, for the first #5296 on the system. For additional #5296s, or on an MES order, select two, three, or four of the following RIO cables per tower:

  • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #5296:

  • #1466 30m SPCN Cable
  • #6001 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 30m SPCN Cable

No base IOPs are included with a #5296. For each #5296 ordered, a quantity of two #0694, #5096 Equivalent, specify codes will be added to the order. If a #5296 is to be shared between two systems, one #0694 must be removed from the original ordering system and added to the sharing system, using a Record Purpose Only (RPO) change.

Dual line cord capability is available for the #5296 with feature #5116. With a #5116 installed, both tower units of a #5296 will have dual line cord capability. Two additional line cords (for a total of four), must be ordered when a #5116 is installed. Plugging in the second line cord from the upper and lower units, even if to the same outlet, enables each unit's AC power modules to be redundant. For the best power protection, the first and second line cords should be attached to different power sources.

Two of the following line cords are required on a #5296:

  • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
  • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
  • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
  • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
  • Attributes provided: 28 PCI slots
  • Attributes required: RIO connections, two to four wall electrical outlets, at least one #0696 on the inventory record
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5524) RFID Tags for Servers, Blades, BladeCenters, Racks, and HMCs

The specify feature attaches one Radio Frequency Identification Device (RFID) tag to a Server CEC, rack, HMC, Blade or Bladecenter enclosure. This can be used with MTM (machine type model) rack such as a 7014-T42, not a feature code rack such as a #0553. It applies to newly shipped MTM servers, racks, HMCs, Blades or Bladecenter enclosures, not MES orders with one exception. POWER5 CECs being upgraded to a POWER6 CEC or POWER6 CECs being upgraded to a POWER 7 CEC can order this feature. The RFID tag meets the Financial Services Technology Consortium (FSTC) specifications for IT Data Center Asset Tracking.

  • Attributes provided: RFIDs
  • Attributes required: Server CEC, Blade, Bladecenter, MTM Rack, or HMC
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5532) - System AC Power Supply, 1925 W

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

One 1925 watt AC power supply. Two AC power supplies in a CEC enclosure provide redundant power support. If one should fail, it can be exchanged without interrupting the operation of the system. The system requires one functional power supply in each CEC enclosure to remain operational.

Technical note: Also works with DC input (200-250V).

  • Attributes provided: AC Power Supply
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5544) - Sys Console on OP Console

When #5544 is on the order, the system console is driven by a WAN adapter. A #0367, Operations Console PCI cable is required on the system/order.

  • Attributes provided: System Console on a WAN Connection
  • Attributes required: WAN IOA, #0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5548) - Sys Console 100Mbps Ethernet

With #5548, the system console is driven by an Ethernet LAN adapter. Some system unit Ethernet ports are not supported. A 100/ 10Mbps Ethernet IOA is required on the system. This LAN adapter must be dedicated to console support functions and cannot be used for any other purpose.

  • Attributes provided: System Console on a Ethernet Connection
  • Attributes required: a 100/10Mbps Ethernet LAN IOA.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5550) - Sys Console On HMC

With #5550, system console function is driven by the Hardware Management Console (HMC) connected to the system. The HMC is required if the following functions are desired/selected for the system:

  • Attributes provided: System Console on Hardware Management Console(HMC)
  • Attributes required: Hardware Management Console (HMC)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5553) - Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP

This specify indicates the use of an embedded CEC LAN port for the system console connection using Operations Console (LAN).

  • Attributes provided: System console connection through an embedded CEC LAN port.
  • Attributes required: Embedded CEC LAN port.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5554) - Mirror 35GB Disk/Controller Pkg

This feature provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) and twelve (12) 15k rpm 35GB disk units (#4326 equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is a prerequisite.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve (12) 35GB mirrored disk units
  • Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, 12 disk unit slots and #0042 or #0043.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5555) - Mirror 70GB Disk/Controller Pkg

This feature provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) and twelve (12) 15k rpm 70GB disk units (#4327 equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is a prerequisite.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve (12) 70GB mirrored disk units
  • Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, 12 disk unit slots and #0042 or #0043.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5556) - Mirror 141GB Disk/Controller Pkg

Provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) and twelve 15k rpm 141GB disk units (#4328 equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is a prerequisite.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve 141GB mirrored disk units
  • Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, twelve disk unit slots and #0042 or #0043.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5557) - System Console-Ethernet No IOP

Indicates that the system console is driven by an IOP-less Ethernet LAN adapter. This LAN adapter must be dedicated to console support functions and cannot be used for any other purpose.

  • Attributes provided: System Console connection through an IOP-less Ethernet LAN adapter
  • Attributes required: PCI-X IOP-less Ethernet LAN Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5577) - 2-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots

2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 4 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 2-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5578) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5577

This feature number will activate one processor on a #5577 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5577.
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5577.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5579) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5577/9495

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM Power Systems 520 Express Product Offerings, Solution Editions, or Smart Cubes.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5577 or #9495
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering or Solution Edition
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5580) - 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5580 includes a #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller and a secondary IOA with 757MB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2780 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same CEC or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2780 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2780 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2780, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2780, depending on the CEC or I/O unit/ drawer/tower in which the #2780 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same CEC or I/Ounit/drawer/tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5581) - 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5581 includes a #2757 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller and a secondary IOA with 757MB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2757 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same CEC or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2757 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2757 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2757, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2757, depending on the CEC or I/O unit/ drawer/tower in which the #2757 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same CEC or I/Ounit/drawer/tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5583) - 5777 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5583 includes a #5777 PCI-X disk controller and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. #5777 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #5777 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #5777 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #5777, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #5777, depending on the system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #5777 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA. #5583 does not require an IOP.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5587) - 4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots

4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 4-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5588) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5587

This feature will activate one processor on a #5587 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5587
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5587
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5589) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5587

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM Power Systems 520 Express Product Offerings or Solution Editions.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5587
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering or Solution Edition
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5590) - 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. #5590 includes a #2780 PCI-X RAID Disk Controller with 757MB of write cache and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2780 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. #2780 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by the provided SCSI cable. Feature #2780 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2780, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2780, depending on the system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #2780 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5591) - 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5591 includes a #2757 PCI-X RAID Disk Controller with a 757MB write cache and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2757 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2757 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2757 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2757, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2757, depending on the system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #2757 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5608) - GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (DDR)

GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX++ bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. The #5608 adapter provides up to twice the data rate capability as the #5616 12X adapter.

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1842. The connection using the #1842 cable is limited to the base ports of the InfiniBand switches.

  • Attributes provided: Two 12X channel remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX++ slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5609) - GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (GX++)

GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX++ bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. The #5609 adapter provides up to twice the data rate capability as the #5616 12X adapter.

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1842. The connection using the #1842 cable is limited to the base ports of the InfiniBand switches.

This feature is used to attach the #5802 PCIe 12 X I/O Drawer or 4X IB Switches to a supported system.

  • Attributes provided: Two 12X channel remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX++ slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5610) - PCIe Riser Card (Gen1)

This optional feature provides 4 PCIe Gen1 connectors allowing for installation of 4 Low Profile (LP) adapter cards. This feature is installed in GX++ slot 1.

  • Attributes provided: Four PCIe Low Profile adapter slots
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5613) Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 10 Gb Short Range Ethernet optical connection that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems.

  • Attributes provided: Two 10Gb (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5614) - Dual Port RIO-2 I/O Hub

This feature provides an adapter plus interposer card that provides two additional external RIO-2 ports for external connectivity or I/O drawer expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Two external RIO-2 ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX slot and one processor card installed in the system for each #5614.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5616) - GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (GX+)

GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables.

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1842.

  • Attributes provided: Two 12X Channel remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5618) - Storage Backplane -- 6 SFF Bays/ SATA DVD/HH Tape

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This feature provides a storage backplane which supports six SFF(Small Form Factor) HDDs or SSDs and connections for a slimline SATA DVD and a half high tape for either a tape drive or USB removable disk drive. SFF drives are supported using JBOD, RAID-0, or RAID-10. Split backplane (3x3) and RAID-10 support requires additional feature #5631 if a Power 720/740 with Gen1 slots or requires additional feature #EJ02 if a Power 720/740 with Gen2 slots.. No PCI slot is used for this controller. This feature does not provide RAID-5/6, write cache, or an external SAS port.

  • Attributes provided: Storage Backplane
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Either #5618 or #5630 required.
(#5619) - 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 14, 2014)

The Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high for save/restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen6 tape drive uses the new larger IBM DAT160 and 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 160 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) - a significant increase in capacity over the previous 36/72 GB 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DAT160 Data Cartridge)

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 80 GB native mode, 160 GB (typical) compression mode
  • DDS Gen6
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM DAT160 and 4mm media
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 6MBps native mode,
  • Interface: SAS
  • Compatability: DDS4 (R/W), DAT72 (R/W) and DAT160 (R/W)
  • Attributes provided: Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability, Test Cartridge, and a Cleaning Cartridge
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 1 supported in the CEC
    • Requires SAS cable group #3656 (SAS SFF)
(#5623) - Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 1 Gb Short Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

Features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems.

  • Attributes provided: Two 1 Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5624) - 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides four 1 Gb Short Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems

  • Attributes provided: Four 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5633) - 1-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots

1-core 4.2 GHz processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 4 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 1-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5634) - 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots

2-core 4.2 GHz processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 4 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 2-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5635) - 4-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots

4-core 4.2 GHz processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 4-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5638) - 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This SAS tape drive is located in the HH bay of the supporting system units and run by the integrated SAS controller in those system units. A SAS cable feature code such as #3656 or #3657 is required for the drive's attachment inside the system unit.

The drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. This drive will Write/Read Ultrium5 (LTO-5), Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4) and Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3) formats. With LTO-5 media, it has capacity of 1.5 TB native or 3.0 TB with typical compression. Compression capability is built into the drive hardware. Both write many and write once (WORM) cartridges are supported.

The drive uses linear technology and operates in streaming mode. The data transfer rate is 140 MB/sec with LTO-5 media. Data transfer rates are slower using LTO-4 or LTO-3 media. To enhance overall operational performance and to minimize normal head wear, matching down speed capability is supported down to 40 MB/s.

Limitation: #5638 encryption is not natively supported by AIX or IBM i, but is supported by the drive hardware using user-provided applications in an AIX or Linux environment.

  • Attributes provided: One HHLTO-5 SAS Tape Drive, one LTO-5 Cleaning Cartridge, and one LTO-5 Test Cartridge.
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay, One SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS attachment requires, version 2.2 or later
(#5646) - Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short Slot

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express or PCI-X adapter designed to meet the "short" adapter size defined in the PCI Standard and used in a slot defined as a "short" slot. Use FC #5647 for PCI adapters that are mounted in a "standard" length PCI slot.

  • Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a short PCI slot
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Short
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5647) - Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express adapter or PCI-X adapter that will be mounted in a Standard Length PCI slot. It includes the necessary hardware to mount various sizes of single width PCI adapters that may be less than standard size. Use FC #5646 for PCI adapters that are mounted in "short" PCI slots.

  • Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a standard length PCI slot
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Standard Length
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5651) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5633

This feature number will activate one processor on a #5633 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5633
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5633
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5654) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5634

This feature number will activate one processor on a #5634 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5634
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5634
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5655) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5635

This feature number will activate one processor on a #5635 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5635
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5635
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5661) - DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive

The internal Tape drive is a half-high form factor for save/ restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen7 tape drive uses the new DAT320 DAT cartridge, and is compression capable, providing a capacity of to 320 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) a significant increase in capacity over the previous DAT160 #5619 80/160GB internal tape drive (when using DAT320 Data Cartridges)

Characteristics

  • Native Capacity: 160GB
  • Compressed Capacity: 320GB
  • Speed: 12 MB/s
  • Host Interface: SAS
  • Compatibility: R/W DAT320, DAT160*
  • Technology: WORM, *Encryption
  • Media: M 8mm
  • LEDs: 5 including encryption**
  • Form Factor:41mm (5.25-inch) HH

* DAT160 cartridges are to be used for occasional use only as they are more abrasive then the new DAT320 Data cartridge and will cause excessive head wear if used for more than occasional use.

** Encryption is AES-GCM 256 bit Hardware Encryption on DAT320 media

  • Attributes provided: DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
  • Attributes required: Available half-high media bay and Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable (#3657)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5673) - DAT320 160 GB USB Tape Drive

The internal Tape drive is a half-high form factor for save/ restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen7 tape drive uses the new DAT320 DAT cartridge, and is compression capable, providing a capacity of to 320 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) a significant increase in capacity over the previous DAT160 #5619 80/160GB internal tape drive (when using DAT320 Data Cartridges). DAT320 tape drives can use the very strong AES encrypting algorithm (IEEE P1619.1-2007 compliant GCM-128-AES-256). Encryption is user application dependent.

Characteristics

  • Native Capacity: 160GB
  • Compressed Capacity: 320GB
  • Speed: 12 MB/s
  • Host Interface: USB, Performance is generally equivalent between the SAS and USB interface.
  • Compatibility: R/W DAT320, DAT160*
  • Technology: WORM, *Encryption
  • Media: M 8mm
  • LEDs: 5 including encryption**
  • Form Factor:41mm (5.25-inch) HH

* DAT160 cartridges are to be used for occasional use only as they are more abrasive then the new DAT320 Data cartridge and will cause excessive head wear if used for more than occasional use.

** Encryption is AES-GCM 256 bit Hardware Encryption on DAT320 media. LED functions when using backup software that supports hardware encryption.

  • Attributes provided: DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive with cable
  • Attributes required: Available half-high media bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5676) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5633/#9680

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM Power Systems 520 Express Product Offerings or IBM Smart Cubes.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5633 or #9680
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5677) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5634

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM System p 520 Express Product Offerings.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5634
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5678) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5635

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM System p 520 Express Product Offerings.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5635
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5679) - SAS RAID Enablement

The SAS RAID Enablement feature provides the internal SAS enclosure with 0, 5, 6 and 10 RAID function and Auxiliary cache via backplane pluggable daughter cards. The daughter cards contains the RAID function and a 175MByte of Write Cache. The Auxiliary daughter card plugs into a special slot on the planar and provides battery power pack and redundant 175MByte write cache memory for the daughter card. Concurrent maintenance of the RAID daughter card and the Auxiliary daughter card is not supported; however, concurrent maintenance of the battery pack is supported.

A SAS DASD/Media Backplane with an external SAS port in combination with feature number 5679 provides one external RAID enabled SAS port.

  • Attributes provided: RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10; Write Cache with battery backup
  • Attributes required: SAS DASD/Media Backplane with external SAS port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5685) - PCIe Riser Card (Gen2)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This optional feature provides 4 PCIe Gen2 connectors allowing for installation of 4 Low Profile (LP) Gen1 or Gen2 adapter cards. This feature is installed in GX++ slot 1.

  • Attributes provided: Four PCIe Low Profile adapter slots
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5689) - DAT160 Data Cartridge

80GB Native/160GB Compressed

  • Attributes provided: Five DAT160 Data Cartridges
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.
Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.
Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.
Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

IOP and IOPless version

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5702) - PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller

#5702 provides two SCSI busses for PCI-X attachment of external tape devices and external removable media devices. #5702 has two ports with VHDCI connectors.

  • Attributes provided: Two SCSI VHDCI ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5704) - PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller

Provides Fibre Channel attachment for external tape devices. #5704 supports point-to-point and arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC-type cable connector. Each #5704 is shipped with a wrap connector (P/N 05N6767).

The following adapter kits are required when connecting SC type cables to the #5704:

  • #0371 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um)
  • #0372 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um)

An optics cleaning kit (P/N 46G6844) and instruction sheet (P/N 21P6238, SY27-2604) is shipped with the #5704. The customer supplies all Fibre Channel cables for this controller.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external tape devices
  • Attributes required: Primary OS indicator #2145 and partition indicator 0265 or 0266. Placement with a controlling IOP is required
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution.
Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 and pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.
Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.
Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5708) - 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 22, 2016)

10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708) is a high-performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B See also feature #5270 for the identical adapter except it has a low profile tail stock.

Highlights

  • PCIe 2.0 adapter with x8 Gen 1
  • Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) supported
  • SR optical transceiver with LC connection provides up to 300m cable length
  • Non-volatile error log on the adapter
  • Supported with AIX and Linux and VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC.
  • Supported with IBM i under VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC
  • SAN and Network boot support for AIX, Linux
  • Requires FCoCEE capable switches for full FC+Ethernet capability. Ethernet only functionality if attached to ordinary Ethernet switch.
  • Utilizes existing cabling that supports 10 Gb SR
  • Based on Qlogic Converged Network Adapter (CNA)
  • NPIV support requires VIOS for all OS environments

Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)

  • Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapter per four active processors cores.
  • Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adapters per one physical processor core.
  • Attributes provided: 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
  • Attributes required: Open PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5712) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5713) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5714) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5716) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5717) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 1, 2014)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is short/ low-profile, full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Four-ported Gigabit Ethernet
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5718) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5719) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapter with LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard.

  • Attributes provided: Provides high-end bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug into PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The adapter supports a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm 9um single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector to facilitate connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug in PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5723) - 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • SUSE Linux supported
    • Red Hat Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5729) - PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

PCIe Gen2 8 Gigabit quad port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high- performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12004 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch. Direct device attachment has not been tested and is not supported.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

     OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

     Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps |
     ------|------------|-----------|----------|
     OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m|
     OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m |
     OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m |

#5729 feature indicates a full high adapter. CCIN is 5729.

A Gen2 PCIe slot is required to provide the bandwidth for all four ports to operate at full speed.

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is:

  • a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
  • b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
  • Attributes provided: Four Port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • IBM i - not supported use VIOS
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • Supported by VIOS, 2.2.1.0 or later
    • IBM i requires VIOS, 2.2.1.0 or later
(#5732) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 19, 2013)

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter is a low profile high performance adapter that transfers data over 4-lanes in each direction over copper cabling supporting a distance up to 15m.The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ak 10GBASE-CX4 specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights:

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)

Full iSCSI software and hardware initiator support. (Linux Only)

  • Hardware PDU Offload (Linux Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking ( Linux Only)

Attributes provided:

  • PCIe-V1.1 x8
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-CX short-reach copper
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution(OFED) 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 Ethernet
  • Attributes required: PCIe Express Slot, Copper CX4 Cables, 4x wrap plug
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5735) - 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

     OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

     Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps  |
     ------|------------|-----------|-----------|
     OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m |
     OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m  |
     OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m  |

#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is:

  • a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
  • b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
  • Attributes provided: Dual Port Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5736) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can only support external attach SCSI devices.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

Feature #5736 and #5806 are physically identical cards with the same 571A CCIN. Different features are used to help IBM configurator tool understand whether or not an IOP is being used with the adapter. #5806 indicates an IOP is present.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that are capable at running at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s).
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external SCSI devices only on Power7 Servers.
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5740) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports
  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
  • 802.1q VLAN tagging
  • Interrupt Moderation
  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports
  • RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5741) - IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card

The Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI repeater card provides the paths to transmit the differential SCSI signal from a cable to the DASD backplanes contained in the IBM 7031 Model D24 Ultra 320 Expandable Disk Storage Drawer and in the #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Dis Drawer.

The Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card provides the following functions:

  • Provide SCSI enclosure services for all disk drives
  • Read power supply unit Vital Product Data ( VPD)
  • Monitor power line voltage EPOW (Early Power Off Warning) signals from the power supplies and assert SCSI reset to prevent data corruption during power failures.
  • Detect hot plugged disk drives and power them on automatically
  • Separate power partitions to each individual drive preventing cage power faults for a single drive fault
  • Provide cage power on commands when any attached host adapter is active
  • Redrive the SCSI bus to allow SCSI cable lengths up to 20 meters
  • Provide SCSI bus terminations for host and drive busses
  • Attributes provided: SCSI Bus connection
  • Attributes required: IBM 7031 Model D24 SCSI Disk StorageDrawer or a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5742) - IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card

The Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI repeater card provides the paths to transmit the differential SCSI signal from a cable to the DASD backplanes contained in the IBM 7031 Model D24 Ultra 320 Expandable Disk Storage Drawer or the #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer. This high availability dual initiator feature allows the connection of two adapter cards to a SCSI group. The high availability SCSI connection feature can be used on any or all of the drive groups in the 7031 Model D24 and feature #5786 in conjunction with other drive groups in the enclosure using the standard IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card (FC #5741). The Dual repeater option can also be used to connect all 12 of the front drives or all 12 of the rear drives into a single SCSI bus of 12 drives.

The Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card provides the following functions:

  • Provide SCSI enclosure services for all disk drives
  • Read power supply unit Vital Product Data ( VPD)
  • Monitor power line voltage EPOW (Early Power Off Warning) signals from the power supplies and assert SCSI reset to prevent data corruption during power failures.
  • Detect hot plugged disk drives and power them on on automatically
  • Separate power partitions to each individual drive preventing cage power faults for a single drive fault
  • Provide cage power on commands when any attached host adapter is active
  • Redrive the SCSI bus to allow SCSI cable lengths up to 20 meters
  • Provide SCSI bus terminations for host and drive busses
  • Attributes provided: SCSI Bus connection
  • Attributes required: IBM 7031 Model D24 SCSI Disk StorageDrawer or a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5743) - SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

The 8X/24X(max) Slimline SATA DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec MAX (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec MAX (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports reading DVD-RAM and a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Low Profile 12.7mm
  • SATA Interface
  • Industry standard Slimline SATA connectors
  • Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
  • Tray Loading
  • CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
  • Buffer size 2MB
  • 1 Laser Diode 2 wavelenghts for CD/DVD
  • Power +5V/1.8A

Limitations

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
  • Attributes provided: SATA DVD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5744) - PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter

(No Longer Available as of February 23, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 Ethernet adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ SR optical transceiver ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports. This is a full high adapter.

For the 10Gb ports, LC Duplex type connectors and MMF-850nm fiber cable are used. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, The RJ45 port, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters is supported. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported. Note #5744 and #5280 adapters are physically and electronically identical except for their low profile or full high PCI slot attribute.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • PDU recovery (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: PCI Express full high slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 5 in CEC
(#5745) - PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SFP+Copper&RJ45 Adapter

(No Longer Available as of April 23, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb copper SFP+ ports and two 1 Gb UTP. Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T. The two 1Gb ports provide attachment to IEEE standard 802.3ab high-speed (1Gbps) Ethernet LANs. They can also be used to connect to existing 10 and 100Mbps Ethernet networks. The port supports UTP CAT 5 or higher media interface.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • PDU recovery (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • EEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Attributes provided: Two 1 Gb and Two 10Gb Ethernet ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe Gen 2 slot and under Linux environment.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 5 in CEC
(#5746) - Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive

The SAS Tape Drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. The Tape drive Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4), Write/Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3), and Read Ultrium2 (LT02) formats. It has capacity of 800GB native or 1.6TB Compressed.

Highlights

  • Capacity: 800 GB native mode, 1.6 TB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM Ultrium 4
  • Technology: Linear
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 120 MB/sec.
  • Speed matching down to 31 MB/sec with LTO-4 media
  • Interface: SAS
  • Compatability: LTO4 (R/W), LTO3 (R/W) and LTO2 (R)
  • Attributes provided: Feature includes one each of the following, HHLTO-4 SAS Tape Drive, LTO-4 Cleaning Cartridge, and LTO-4 Test Cartridge.
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay is required and #3657 cable.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: #5647 required #3657 cable.
(#5747) - IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

The Data Cartridge provides storage physical capacity (1.6 TB with 2:1 compression) . Each data cartridge is embedded with an LTO Cartridge Memory (LTO-CM) chip, which is designed to enable fast simultaneous transfer of cartridge-dependent data with IBM tape drives during media load and unload cycles. The green cartridge color distinguishes it from previous generations of IBM LTO Ultrium Media.

  • Attributes provided: Five Data Cartridges
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5748) - POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true color, or 24-bit true color
    • 32 MB SDRAM
    • x1 PCI Express interface
    • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors
  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 1 monitor connected analog at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 monitor connected digital at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 2nd monitor supported on secondary connecter at up to 1600 x 1200 analog or 1280 x 1024 digital
    • 2nd monitor support in AIX is only in clone mode with an analog connection
  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
  • Software Requirements
    • The total number of Graphics Adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI Express Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • CEC maximum of 5
    • System maximum of 8 in CEC and #5802/#5877
(#5749) - 4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_i series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel Ports
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5756) - IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

The 8X/24X(max) Slimline IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec MAX (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec MAX (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=3600 KB/sec (max) DVD-ROM=10.3MB/sec (max). Read operations at outer diameter of disc.
  • Interface: IDE/ATAPI
  • Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=95ms(typical) DVD-ROM=150ms(typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 256KB
  • Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)
  • Supports major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio. +R and +RW not supported.
  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs. +R and +RW not supported.
  • Reads 2.6GB, 4.7GB and 9.4GB doublesided) DVD-RAM media
  • Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
  • 12.7mm Slimline form factor
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks (Horizontal only) and 12cm

Limitations

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
  • Attributes provided: 8X/24X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5757) - IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

The IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) MAX; 10.8MB/ sec read MAX (8X DVD-ROM); 2.7MB/sec write MAX (2X DVD-RAM) and 2.7MB/sec read MAX (2X DVD-RAM). Read/Write operations at outer diameter of disc.
  • Interface: Parallel IDE
  • Average Random Access Time: CD-ROM= 150ms (Typical); DVD-ROM= 180ms (Typical); DVD-RAM= 229ms (Typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 2MB
  • Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB (double-sided)
  • Supports major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio. +R and +RW not supported.
  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs. +R and +RW not supported.
  • Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
  • Reads 2.6GB DVD-RAM media; reads and writes 4.7GB and 9.4GB double sided) DVD-RAM media
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs and 12cm discs.
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs.
  • High-speed burst rate of 16/16/33 MB/second for PIO / MDMA / UDMA
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position.
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (Horizontal Only) and 12cm discs.
  • 12.7mm Slimline form factor

Limitations

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One IDE 12.7mm high media bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5758) - 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

    Please carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

(#5760) - PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller

Provides a 4Gbps Single Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 Adapter, which attaches external DASD devices. #5760 is a 64-bit address/ data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage.

The #5760 will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1Gbps, 2Gbps or 4Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate and 4Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gbps or 2Gbps or 4Gbps data rates.

The #5760 can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector, use of a #2456-2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable or a #2459-2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable is required.

The #5760 requires a PCI IOP.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_i series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: One Port Fibre Channel Adapter that attaches External DASD
  • Attributes required: One empty PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot and a PCI IOP
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5761) - PCI-X Fibre Chan Tape Controller

Provides a 4Gbps Single Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 Adapter, which attaches external tape devices. #5761 is a 64-bit address/ data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage.

The #5761 will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1Gbps, 2Gbps or 4Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate and 4Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gbps or 2Gbps or 4Gbps data rates.

The #5761 can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector, use of a #0371 LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) or a #0372 LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) is required.

Features #5761 and #5758 are physically the same card, but have different feature numbers that denote to IBM configurator tools whether or not an IOP is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_i series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: One Port Fibre Channel Adapter that attaches External Tape Devices
  • Attributes required: One empty PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot and a PCI IOP
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5762) - SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

The IBM SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Low Profile 12.7mm
  • SATA Interface
  • Industry standard Slimline SATA connectors
  • Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
  • Tray Loading
  • CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
  • DVD-RAM Write 5X
  • Buffer Size 2MB
  • 1 Laser Diode 2 wave length for CD/DVD
  • Power +5V/1.8A

Limitations

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One SATA 12.7mm high media bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5767) - 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5767) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5768) - 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 29, 2017)

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter (#5768) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.
Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5769) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 14, 2017)

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter is a full-high, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux Only)
    • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux Only)
    • PDU recovery (Linux Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: PCI Express slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5771) - SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

This DVD drive reads and writes 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs. It also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
  • CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
  • DVD-RAM Write 5X
  • Buffer Size 2MB and can not be disabled

Limitations: DVD video is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One SATA/SAS slimline (12.7mm) high media bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Supports VIOS attachment version 2.2.2.0 or later or 2.2.1.5 or later (planned availability 12/19/2012)
(#5772) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of April 23, 2017)

The 10GbE Fiber Optic Server Adapter, is 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Fiber NIC for PCI Express (PCIe) capable systems. The adapter is a high-performance, highly integrated 10 Gigabit Ethernet LAN adapters with PCIe host interface and fiber LAN connectors on the optical modules.

Feature 5772 conforms to the 802.3ae 10GBASE-LR specification for Ethernet transmissions over 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable for distances up to 10 kilometers.

Highlights

  • 10GBASE-LR fiber optic LAN connections
  • Eight (8) lane PCIe Host Connector
  • PCIe Low-Profile add-in card dimensions (68.9mm x 167.65mm)
  • Uses Intel 82598EB MAC
  • PCI Express bus interface 1.1 and v.2.0 (Gen 1 only)
  • PCIe Hot Plug/Active PCI
  • Controller EEPROM and FLASH ROM
  • Status LED (Link/Activity)
  • Low power PCIe Gen 1 MAC
  • *Support either MSI or MSI-X depending on system/OS support for multi-CPU and multi-core systems.
  • Dynamic interrupt moderation for lower latency
  • Supports 10Gb, full duplex
  • Supports EtherChannel with the existing software
  • Supports IEEE 802.3ad (link aggregation control protocol)
  • IEEE 802.1Q VLANs
  • IEEE 802.3x
  • IEEE 802.1p
  • Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Checksum Offloading
  • Internet Protocol ver 4 (IPv4) Checksum Offloading
  • Transmit Checksum Offloading with TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO)/ Large Send Offload

* Supported by SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP3 for POWER Systems, or later and Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.4, or later.

  • Attributes provided: One 10 Gigabit Ethernet port
  • Attributes required: One x8 lane or x16 PCI Express slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5773) - 4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is:

  • a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
  • b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5774) - 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is:

  • a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
  • b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5776) - PCI-X Disk Controller-90MB No IOP

Provides a PCI-X SCSI disk controller that has a 90MB write cache and can provide RAID-5 or RAID-6 protection of disk units.

The #5776 has two U320 SCSI buses each with a bus data rate of up to 320MBs. A maximum of 12 or 24 disk drives and up to two internal removable media devices (tape, DVD-ROM, or DVD-RAM) are supported on the #5776. The maximum is 12 drives in a #0595 I/O drawer. The maximum is 10 drives in a #5094/5294. The maximum is 24 drives in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure. The #5776 can attach to disk drives within an expansion tower and also attach to disk units in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure. The #0301 specify indicates to the IBM Configurator tool that one port of the #5776 is attaching to disk units in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure.

A minimum of three disk drives are required for RAID-5, providing protection against a single drive failure in an array. A minimum of four disk drives are required for RAID-6, providing protection against up to two drives failing in an array.

Note the 757MB write cache and 1.5GB write cache disk controllers provide greater disk performance and have an auxiliary write cache IOA to protect the write cache contents.

  • Attributes provided: Two Ultra320 SCSI VHDCI ports
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3V long PCI or PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5777) - PCI-X Disk Controller-1.5GB No IOP

Provides a high-performance PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI disk controller with a maximum compressed write cache of 1.5GB and read cache of 1.6GB. #5777 will support i5/OS mirroring protection for internal disk drives using the write cache, but will not use the write cache to run RAID-5 or RAID-6 unless an auxiliary write cache IOA is attached. Running RAID-5 or RAID-6 without write cache very significantly reduces its performance. (When an auxiliary write cache IOA is attached, the pair of cards is denoted by feature code #5583.) Concurrent battery maintenance is supported. The controller also supports internal tape units, CD-ROM units, and DVD units. The #5777 has four internal Ultra320 SCSI buses and does not require an IOP.

  • Attributes provided: High performance disk controller
  • Attributes required: A single long PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5778) - PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP

Provides an EXP24 disk controller with PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. The controller supports RAID-5 and RAID-6 and mirroring is supported via i5/OS. Embedded auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three Ultra320 SCSI ports/buses for the attachment of disk drives located in a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer. #5782 is the same adapter card, but with the #5782 the adapter is placed in a double-wide blind swap cassette.

  • Attributes provided: High performance RAID disk controller
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent long PCI-X slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5782) - PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP

Provides an EXP24 disk controller with PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. The controller supports RAID-5 and RAID-6 and mirroring is supported via IBM i. Embedded auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three Ultra320 SCSI ports/buses for the attachment of disk drives located in a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer or #5796 PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer.

This feature includes a double-wide blind swap cassette in which the disk controller is placed. The cassette is required to locate the disk controller in a Power 570, 770, 780 system unit or #5790 I/ O drawer. #5782 indicates an IOP is not used.

  • Attributes provided: High-performance SCSI RAID controller in a double wide blind swap cassette.
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCI-X long card slots, in a blind swap capable system unit or expansion unit.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5785) - 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

Connection for 4 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. One connector on the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable (provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports. Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 4-port #5277/5785 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 4-Port DB9 DTE Fan-Out Cable 1.2 M (4 ft.), 4 x 9-pin D-Sub (Male DB-9) and 1 x 68-pin D-Sub (HD-68)
  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 TR4, or later
    • IBM i 7.3, or later
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5786) - TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr

Provides disk slots for up to 24 disk units in a 19-inch, 4 EIA high rack drawer. The #5786 provides redundant power, redundant cooling, and Ultra 320 SCSI interface connections for 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk units that are organized in four independent groups of six disk units.

#5741 and/or #5742 EXP24 Disk Slot Enablers (SCSI repeaters) enable these groups of six disk unit slots. The enabled disk slots are driven by SCSI disk controllers located outside the #5786 and connected by a SCSI cable. One to four Disk Slot Enablers are required, depending on the number of disk unit groups populated with disk units.

One external port on a disk controller such as a #5736/#5776/ #5782 is required for each #5741 installed. Likewise, one external disk controller port is required for each #5742 installed and cabled to run one group of six disk slots. Alternately, two #5742s can be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. Or, one #5741 plus one #5742 can also be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots.

The following SCSI cables are available:

  • #2138 0.55m SCSI Cable
  • #2124 1m SCSI Cable
  • #2125 3m SCSI Cable
  • #2126 5m SCSI Cable
  • #2127 10m SCSI Cable
  • #2128 20m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes provided: 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk unit slots
  • Attributes required: Disk controller with external Ultra 320 SCSI port and 4 EIA units of space in a 19-inch rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5787) - TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Twr

Provides disk slots for up to 24 disk units in a 19-inch, 4 EIA high rack drawer. The #5786 provides redundant power, redundant cooling, and Ultra 320 SCSI interface connections for 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk units that are organized in four independent groups of six disk units.

#5741 and/or #5742 EXP24 Disk Slot Enablers (SCSI repeaters) enable these groups of six disk unit slots. The enabled disk slots are driven by SCSI disk controllers located outside the #5786 and connected by a SCSI cable. One to four Disk Slot Enablers are required, depending on the number of disk unit groups populated with disk units.

One external port on a disk controller such as a #5736/#5776/ #5778/#5782 is required for each #5741 installed. Likewise, one external disk controller port is required for each #5742 installed and cabled to run one group of six disk slots. Alternately, two #5742s can be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. Or, one #5741 plus one #5742 can also be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots.

The following SCSI cables are available:

  • #2138 0.55m SCSI Cable
  • #2124 1m SCSI Cable
  • #2125 3m SCSI Cable
  • #2126 5m SCSI Cable
  • #2127 10m SCSI Cable
  • #2128 20m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes provided: 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk slots
  • Attributes required: Disk controller with external Ultra 320 SCSI port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5790) - PCI Expansion Drawer

The #5790 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer that provides six full length, 64-bit, 3.3-V, 133 MHz hot-plug PCI-X slots and can accommodate up to six blind swap I/O adapters. The I/O Expansion drawer is attached to the system using a RIO-2 bus interface adapter. The #5790 includes redundant concurrently maintainable power and cooling and the blind swap PCI mechanism allows for PCI card servicing without removing the I/O expansion drawer

The #5790 mounts in a 19-inch rack using a #7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure or a #7311 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure. Two #5790 drawers can be mounted side by side in a single #7307 or #7311 and are not required to be attached to the same system

  • Attributes provided: 6 PCI-X slots for blind swap I/O adapters
  • Attributes required:
    • Rack space in a #7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure or a #7311 Dual I/ O Unit Enclosure.
    • One RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, #6438
    • Two RIO-2 cables (#3168 recommended)
    • Two SPCN cables (#6006 recommended).
    • Two Power cable, drawer to IBM PDU (#6459 recommended)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5796) - PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer

The #5796 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer providing six full length, 64 bit, 3.3 volt, 266MHz PCI-X DDR slots. Blind swap cassettes are used to insert or remove the PCI-X cards. The #5796 is attached to a system using a GX Dual Port 12X Channel Attach adapter in a 12X loop. Either a 12X Short Run adapter (6446) or 12X Long Run adapter (6457) must be selected on each #5796. Up to four #5796 can be attached on the same 12X loop using a mixture of Short Run and Long Run adapters.

The #5796 includes redundant hot-swap power and cooling. The blind swap PCI mechanism allows for PCI card concurrent maintenance without removing the I/O expansion drawer. The #5796 mounts in a 19-inch rack using a #7314 I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure. Two #5796 drawers can be mounted side by side in a single #7314 using a total of four EIA. The #5796 are not required to be attached to the same system. Each #5796 requires two power cords

When placed in an IBM i partition, these PCI-X DDR slots support only smart IOAs and do not support an IOP or an IOA which requires an IOP.

  • Attributes provided: 6 PCI-X DDR slots for blind swap I/O adapters
  • Attributes required: Rack space in a #7314 I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure. 12X cable(s). 12X Short Run or Long Run card, and SPCN cable(s).
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5802) - 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing ten PCIe slots and eighteen SAS hot-swap Small Form Factor disk bays. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via 12X DDR cables (#1862, #1864, or #1865). When SFF disks are installed, they are driven by at least one SAS PCIe adapter and SAS AT cable (#3688). Using a mode switch the 18 SFF slots can be configured as one group of 18 slots (AIX/Linux) or two groups or 9 slots (AIX/IBM i/Linux) or four groups of 4 or 5 slots (AIX/Linux).

  • Attributes provided: 10 PCIe Slots, 18 SFF SAS disk bays
  • Attributes required: Available 12X connection ports.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5805) - PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 13, 2016)

The#5805 PCIe 380 MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter that supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS solid state drives (SSD) using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high-level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the feature 5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two of feature 5805 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. Feature 5805 is installed in pairs, allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the feature 5805 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled. The #5805 can also be paired with a #5903 adapter.

Feature 5805 supports SAS disk drives (HDD) and SAS-bay-based SSD located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or drives located in an EXP 12S Disk Drawer or EXP24S Disk Drawer. AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached, and RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 are supported. Similarly, IBM i RAID formatted HDD and SSD can also also be attached, and RAID 5 and RAID 6 is support. AIX, IBM i and Linux also support The #5805 is electronically identical to the #5903 and both the 5903 and 5805 use CCIN number is 574E. The #5805 adapter is slightly more narrow than the #5903 due to the placement of its cache batteries.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5805 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP 12S and/ or EXP24S Disk Drawer. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/ O drawer itself.

Limitation: 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are not supported. Only 5xx byte sector drives are supported on this generation of PCIe adapter.

Highlights:

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or two #5887/EL1S EXP24S Disk Drawer
  • SAS speed = 3 Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • 380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disk subsystem performance
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: Configuration always requires even pairs of #5805 (or #5903/5805). SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP12S or #5887/EL1S EXP24S at least one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5806) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

This feature is provided for driving a SCSI Tape Drive in an i5OS environment. An IOP is required when this feature is selected.

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5806) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5806) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

Feature #5736 and #5806 are physically identical cards with the same 571A CCIN. Different features are used to help IBM configurator tool understand whether or not an IOP is being used with the adapter. #5806 indicates an IOP is present.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of a SCSI Tape drive
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot and a PCI IOP.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5877) - 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing ten PCIe slots. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via 12X DDR cables (#1862, #1864 or #1865).

  • Attributes provided: 10 PCIe Slots
  • Attributes required: Available 12X connection ports.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5886) - EXP 12S Expansion Drawer

EXP 12S is an expansion drawer with twelve 3.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5886 Supports up to 12 hot-swap SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD) or up to 8 hot-swap Solid State Drives (SSD). The EXP 12S includes Redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. Though the drawer is one set of 12 drives which is run by one SAS controller or one pair of SAS controllers, it has two SAS attachment ports and two Service Managers for redundancy. The EXP 12S takes up a 2 EIA space in a 19-inch rack. The SAS controller can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters or can be an imbedded SAS controller in server with an imbedded SAS port such as the 8203 or 8204. Attachment to the controller is via the appropriate external SAS cables. A pair of #5886 EXP12S drawers can be attached together with SAS cables allowing the SAS controller(s) to access 24 SAS bays.

  • Attributes provided: 12 SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or embedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER5 or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5887) - EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer is an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5887 supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD). It uses only 2 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack. The EXP24S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. The EXP24S SFF bays use Gen-2 or SFF-2 SAS bays that are not compatible with CEC SFF Gen-1 SAS bays or with #5802/ 5803 SFF SAS bays.

With AIX/Linux/VIOS, the EXP24S can be ordered with four sets of 6 bays, two sets of 12 bays or one set of 24 bays (mode 4, 2 or 1). With IBM i the EXP24S can be ordered as one set of 24 bays (mode 1).

The EXP24S SAS ports are attached to SAS controller(s) which can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters. The EXP24S can also be attached to an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port. Attachment between the SAS controller and the EXP24S SAS ports is via the appropriate SAS Y or X cables.

  • Attributes provided: 24 SFF SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM. #5887 rails have some adjustability for depth - 25.25 to 29.875 inches.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER6 or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
    • Appropriate SAS cables for configuration mode selected
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5899) - PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.

Details for the ports include: for 5260 & 5899

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Full High Profile PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 26 (Initial order maximum: 26)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 6 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 26 -- 6 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5900) - PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. The Adapter provides two SAS channels (busses). In a wide configuration, providing redundant ports to the devices, 1 Gbs throughput is supported. In the non-redundant configuration up to 3 Gbs is supported. The adapter supports RAID level 0 (with mirroring) and 10

Highlights

  • Wide Configuration supports addressing up to 512 SAS devices with eight ports
  • Non-Redundant configuration supports addressing 128 SAS devices per port
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5 Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0 (with mirroring), 10
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Removable Media Device Supported
  • Attributes provided: Eight SAS Ports through two x4 SAS channels.
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5901) - PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The #5901 PCIe Dual-4x SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk, tape, and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. From a high level perspective, it is functionally equivalent to the #5912 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices.

The #5901 supports external SAS tape drives such as the 36/72 GB DAT72, 80/160 GB DAT160, and 800/1600 GB LTO-4 found in the IBM tape units such as the 7214-1U2, TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives. SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) cables are used to attach these drives.

The #5901 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP 12S or EXP24S Disk Drawer or drives in a Power6 system CEC (split DASD backplane). AIX/ Linux formatted SAS drives are supported with RAID 0 (with mirroring) and RAID 10. IBM i formatted SAS drives are supported and data spreading and mirroring functions are provided by IBM i. RAID-5 or RAID-6 are not supported on the #5901. #5901 has zero write cache. CCIN for #5901 is 57B3.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk . The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. SAS Y cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. With the EXP12S or EXP24S Drawer, a high availability I/O configuration can be created using a pair of #5901 adapters and SAS X cables to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. In the PCIe 12X I/O Drawer, this function is provided via the internal wiring within the drawer itself.

Limitation: 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are not supported. Only 5xx byte sector drives are supported on this generation of PCIe adapter.

Highlights:

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or two #5887/#EL1S EXP24S Disk Drawers
  • Supports up to 42 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5802/#EL36 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5802/#EL36 and one #5887/#EL1S EXP24S
  • Supports up to 50 disk (26 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5803 24-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5803 and one #5887/#EL1S EXP24S
  • SAS speed = 3 Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5 Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent firmware update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCI Express slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 5 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 25 -- 5 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877
(#5902) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a long form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications requiring two adapters. Two #5902 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0, 5, 6, and 10 are supported. It is used with FC 5886 EXP 12S SAS disk expansion drawers. FC 5902 is always to be in used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10
  • 175MB of NV Fast Write Cache
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot per #5902. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5902. SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP 12S use one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5903) - PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

The #5903 PCIe 380 MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter that supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS solid state drives (SSD) using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high-level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the feature 5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two of feature 5903 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. Feature 5903 is installed in pairs, allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the feature 59003 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled. The #5903 can also be paired with a #5805 adapter.

Feature 5903 supports SAS disk drives (HDD) and SAS-bay-based SSD located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or drives located in an EXP 12S Disk Drawer or EXP24S Disk Drawer. AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached, and RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 are supported. Similarly, IBM i RAID formatted HDD and SSD can also also be attached, and RAID 5 and RAID 6 is support. AIX, IBM i and Linux also support The #5805 is electronically identical to the #5903 and both the 5903 and 5805 use CCIN number is 574E. The #5805 adapter is slightly more narrow than the #5903 due to the placement of its cache batteries.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5903 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S and/or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/ O drawer itself.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or with two #5887 EXP24S Disk Drawers
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • 380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disk subsystem performance
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: Configuration always requires even pairs of #5903 (or #5903/5805). SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S at least one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5904) - PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter

PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter provides disk drive or SSD controller function using PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. Auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three mini-SAS 4x connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in a #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers or supported Power system CEC. The controller supports a maximum of five SAS #5886 EXP12S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of two #5887 EXP24S drawers, but can also support a #5886 I/ O drawer in addition to the two #5887 . It supports up to 8 drive slots in the CEC of a supported system. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. CCIN is 572F/575C.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux. Under IBM i OS, mirroring and data spreading is provided by the operating system and RAID 5 and RAID6 is provided by the adapter.

#5904, #5906 and #5908 are all feature codes representing the same physical cards, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #5904 indicates no blind swap cassette and is used in enclosures such as a Power 550 CEC or Power 750 CEC.

With the optional pairing of adapters, an even higher level of protection beyond, auxiliary cache is provided via a dual controller I/O configuration to protect against the failure of an entire adapter. In such a high availability I/O configuration, SAS X cables are used to attach #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers and the 4th mini-SAS connector (top) is used with an adapter to adapter (AA) SAS CABLE, (3M #3681, 6M #3682), to directly connect the card sets. Paired adapters must reside on the same server/partition for IBM i, but can be in the same or separate servers/partitions for AIX/ Linux.

Highlights

  • SAS speed = 3Gb/s
  • SAS-SSP, SMP are supported
  • Supports Single controller with SAS y cables( #3692, #3693, #3694) for #5886 EXP 12S, or with SAS AI cable for Power 520/550 CEC
  • Supports Dual controller with SAS x cables (#3661, #3662, #3663) and SAS (AA) cable( #3681 or #3682).
  • Built-in auxiliary cache mirrors write cache for redundancy
  • Attributes provided: PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
  • Attributes required: two adjacent PCI-X slots, #5922 if single controller, if paired controller use either #3681 or #3682 (AA) cables.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5907) - 36/72GB 4mm DAT72 SAS Tape Drive

The 36/72 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, LVD 16-bit tape drive, for save/restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen5 tape drive uses IBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 72 GB.

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 36 GB native mode, 72 GB (typical) compression mode
  • DDS Gen5
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM 4-mm supports DAT72 media
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
  • Interface: Serial Attached SCSI(SAS)

Compatability:

  • DDS3 - 12 GB native (Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write)
  • DDS4 - 20 GB native (Read/Write), 40 GB compression (Read/Write)
  • DAT72 - 36 GB native (Read/Write), 72 GB compression (Read/Write)
  • Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one internal SAS port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5908) - PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter provides disk controller drive or SSD controller function using PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. Auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three mini-SAS 4x connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in a #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of five SAS #5886 EXP12S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of two #5887 EXP24S drawers, but can also support a #5886 I/O drawer in addition to the two #5887 providing a total of 60 SAS bays. It supports up to 6 drive slots in one POWER6 560/570/770 CEC drawers and up to three POWER6 560/570/770 drawers in the same server. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. CCIN is 572F/575C.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX linux. Under IBM i OS, mirroring and data spreading is provided by the operating system and RAID 5 and RAID6 is provided by the adapter.

#5904, #5906 and #5908 are all feature codes representing the same physical cards, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #5908 indicates a Gen-3 blind swap cassette used in enclosures such as the 19-inch #5790, 5796 or Power 570 CEC.

With the optional pairing of adapters, an even higher level of protection beyond, auxiliary cache is provided via a dual controller I/O configuration to protect against the failure of an entire adapter. In such a high availability I/O configuration, SAS X cables are used to attach #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers and the 4th mini-SAS connector (top) is used with an adapter to adapter (AA) SAS CABLE, (3M #3681, 6M #3682), to directly connect the card sets. Paired adapters must reside on the same server/partition for IBM i, but can be in the same or separate servers/partitions for AIX/ Linux.

Highlights

  • SAS speed = 3Gb/s
  • SAS-SSP, SMP are supported
  • Supports Single controller with SAS y cables( #3692, #3693, #3694) for #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S or with SAS AI cables for Power 560/570 CEC
  • Supports Dual controller with SAS x cables (#3661, #3662, #3663) and SAS (AA) cable(#3681 or #3682).
  • Built-in auxiliary cache mirrors write cache for redundancy
  • Attributes provided: PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
  • Attributes required: two adjacent PCI-X slots, if paired controller use either #3681 or #3682 (AA) cables.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 8, 2 per 5796
(#5912) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0 and 10 are supported. FC 5912 may also be used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
  • Removable Media Device Supported
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0 and 10
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796
(#5913) - PCIe2 1.8 GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6 Gb

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2016)

The PCIe2 1.8 GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6 Gb (#5913) provides high performance HDD or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen2 technology. HDD and SSD can be either SFF or 3.5-inch drives (or both). A pair of adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure.

The #5913 provides three Mini-SAS HD (high density) connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the #5887/EL1S EXP24S, #5886 EPX12S, or #5802/5803/EL36 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 3 EXP24S or 6 EXP12S can be attached. If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 the #5913 pairs must be located in that #5802/ 5803/EL36. An AA SAS cable with HD connectors is attached to the #5913 pair to communicate status and cache content information and is required unless all three ports are being used to attach I/O drawers.

The #5913 provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM). The adapter's CCIN is 57B5.

Limitation: 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are not supported. Only 5xx byte sector drives are supported on this generation of PCIe adapter

  • Attributes provided: PCIe2 1.8 GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per #5913
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Maximum of 2 in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 18
    • For performance when more than four are in a #5802 or #5887 we recommend only one loop per drawer.
(#5915) - SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 3 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5916) - SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5917) - SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5918) - SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 0.6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • IBM i 6.1 supported
    • IBM i 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5921) - Non-paired PCIx SAS RAID Indicator

Add feature 5921 for every instance of a non-paired PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (#5904, #5906, or #5908). IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes required: For each non-paired PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter #5921 is required.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5922) - Non-paired SAS RAID indicator

Feature 5922 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5902. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5902 on one system and the paired #5902 located on a second system.

Limitation: IBM i systems must have both adapters on the same server.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5922 requires a SAS RAID adapter on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5923) - Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

Feature 5923 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5903. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5903 on one system and the paired #5903 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5923 requires a SAS RAID adapter (#5903) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5924) - Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

Feature 5924 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5913. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5913 on one system and the paired #5913 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5924 requires a 6Gb/s SAS RAID adapter (#5913) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5925) - Shared EXP30 Indicator

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

Feature 5925 indicates an EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer is attached to two different servers. Only one GX++ PCIe connection is planned for the server on which this feature is ordered. The second GX++ PCIe connection is planned for a second server. Note the EXP30 with only one GX++ PCIe connections in place will not use the write cache in its integrated SAS controllers. See also #5927.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator to IBM configurator and manufacturing tools
  • Attributes required: Attachment to a second server ordered separately
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5926) - SAS EX Cable 1.5m - Drawer to Drawer

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

The SAS EX Cable is a straight line cable with a HD SAS connector on one end and a mini SAS connector on the other end. The cable is rated at 6 Gbps. A pair of these cables connects the EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer (#EDR1) to an EXP24S I/O Drawer (#5887).

Select the length appropriate to your configuration. #5926 is 1.5m. #3675 is 3m, #3680 is 6m.

  • Attributes provided: Cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5927) - Remote EXP30 Indicator

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

Feature 5927 indicates a GX++ slot's use is planned for a GX++ PCIe adapter which will be attached to an EXP30 Ultra SSD I/O Drawer which is ordered with another server. See also #5925.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator to IBM configurator and manufacturing tools
  • Attributes required: GX++ PCIe Adapter to attach to an EXP30 Ultra Drawer ordered on a separately ordered server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 6.1 supported
    • AIX Version 7.1 supported
    • Linux supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5951) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5952) - Full Width Keyboar